EX-4.4




 Exhibit 4.4 

 
  

HCA INC., 
 as Issuer, 

HCA HEALTHCARE, INC., 
 as Parent
Guarantor, 
 THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS NAMED ON SCHEDULES I-A and
I-B HERETO, 
 DELAWARE TRUST COMPANY, 

as Trustee, 
 and 

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, 

as Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent 

3 5/8% Senior Secured Notes due 2032 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE NO. 31 

Dated as of March 9, 2022 

To BASE INDENTURE 
 Dated as of
August 1, 2011 
  
  

 











 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE* 

 

			
	 Trust Indenture Act Section
	  	Indenture Section
	 310(a)(1)
	  	7.10
	       (a)(2)
	  	7.10
	 (a)(3)
	  	N.A.
	 (a)(4)
	  	N.A.
	 (a)(5)
	  	7.10
	 (b)
	  	7.10
	 311(a)
	  	7.11
	 (b)
	  	7.11
	 312(a)
	  	2.05
	 (b)
	  	14.03
	 (c)
	  	12.03
	 313(a)
	  	7.06
	 (b)(1)
	  	N.A.
	 (b)(2)
	  	7.06; 7.07
	 (c)
	  	14.02
	 (d)
	  	7.06
	 314(a)
	  	7.04
	 (a)(4)
	  	14.05
	 (b)
	  	11.05
	 (b)(2)
	  	11.05
	 (c)(1)
	  	12.04
	 (c)(2)
	  	12.04
	 (c)(3)
	  	N.A.
	 (d)
	  	11.04, 11.05
	 (e)
	  	14.05
	 (f)
	  	N.A.
	 315(a)
	  	7.01
	 (b)
	  	7.05
	 (c)
	  	7.01
	 (d)
	  	7.01
	 (e)
	  	6.14
	 316(a)(last sentence)
	  	2.09
	 (a)(1)(A)
	  	6.05
	 (a)(1)(B)
	  	6.04
	 (a)(2)
	  	N.A.
	 (b)
	  	6.07
	 (c)
	  	1.05; 9.04
	 317(a)(1)
	  	6.08
	 (a)(2)
	  	6.12
	 (b)
	  	2.04
	 318(a)
	  	12.01
	 (b)
	  	N.A.
	 (c)
	  	14.01
	 310(a)(1)
	  	7.10

 N.A. means not applicable. 

	*	 This Cross-Reference Table is not part of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture. 













 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

 

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
	
	ARTICLE 1	  

	
	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	  

	Section 1.01	  	 Definitions
	  	 	1	 
	Section 1.02	  	 Other Definitions
	  	 	30	 
	Section 1.03	  	 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
	  	 	31	 
	Section 1.04	  	 Rules of Construction
	  	 	31	 
	Section 1.05	  	 Acts of Holders
	  	 	32	 
	
	ARTICLE 2	  

	
	THE NOTES	  

			
	Section 2.01	  	 Form and Dating; Terms
	  	 	33	 
	Section 2.02	  	 Execution and Authentication
	  	 	34	 
	Section 2.03	  	 Registrar and Paying Agent
	  	 	35	 
	Section 2.04	  	 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
	  	 	35	 
	Section 2.05	  	 Holder Lists
	  	 	36	 
	Section 2.06	  	 Transfer and Exchange
	  	 	36	 
	Section 2.07	  	 Replacement Notes
	  	 	48	 
	Section 2.08	  	 Outstanding Notes
	  	 	48	 
	Section 2.09	  	 Treasury Notes
	  	 	48	 
	Section 2.10	  	 Temporary Notes
	  	 	49	 
	Section 2.11	  	 Cancellation
	  	 	49	 
	Section 2.12	  	 Defaulted Interest
	  	 	49	 
	Section 2.13	  	 CUSIP and ISIN Numbers
	  	 	50	 
	Section 2.14	  	 Additional First Lien Secured Party Consent
	  	 	50	 
	
	ARTICLE 3	  

	
	REDEMPTION	  

			
	Section 3.01	  	 Notices to Trustee
	  	 	50	 
	Section 3.02	  	 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased
	  	 	50	 
	Section 3.03	  	 Notice of Redemption
	  	 	51	 
	Section 3.04	  	 Effect of Notice of Redemption
	  	 	52	 
	Section 3.05	  	 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price
	  	 	52	 
	Section 3.06	  	 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part
	  	 	52	 
	Section 3.07	  	 Optional Redemption
	  	 	53	 
	Section 3.08	  	 Mandatory Redemption
	  	 	53	 


  
 - ii - 













							
	ARTICLE 4	 
	
	COVENANTS	  

			
	Section 4.01	  	 Payment of Notes
	  	 	53	 
	Section 4.02	  	 Maintenance of Office or Agency
	  	 	54	 
	Section 4.03	  	 Compliance Certificate
	  	 	54	 
	Section 4.04	  	 Taxes
	  	 	55	 
	Section 4.05	  	 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws
	  	 	55	 
	Section 4.06	  	 Corporate Existence
	  	 	55	 
	Section 4.07	  	 Offer to Repurchase upon Change of Control
	  	 	55	 
	Section 4.08	  	 [Reserved]
	  	 	57	 
	Section 4.09	  	 Release of Collateral and Guarantees Upon a Ratings Event
	  	 	57	 
	Section 4.10	  	 Discharge and Suspension of Covenants
	  	 	57	 
	Section 4.11	  	 Certain Covenants
	  	 	58	 
	
	ARTICLE 5	  

	
	SUCCESSORS	  

			
	Section 5.01	  	 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets
	  	 	60	 
	Section 5.02	  	 Successor Corporation Substituted
	  	 	61	 
	
	ARTICLE 6	  

	
	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	  

			
	Section 6.01	  	 Events of Default
	  	 	61	 
	Section 6.02	  	 Acceleration
	  	 	63	 
	Section 6.03	  	 Other Remedies
	  	 	63	 
	Section 6.04	  	 Waiver of Past Defaults
	  	 	63	 
	Section 6.05	  	 Control by Majority
	  	 	64	 
	Section 6.06	  	 Limitation on Suits
	  	 	64	 
	Section 6.07	  	 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment
	  	 	64	 
	Section 6.08	  	 Collection Suit by Trustee
	  	 	64	 
	Section 6.09	  	 Restoration of Rights and Remedies
	  	 	65	 
	Section 6.10	  	 Rights and Remedies Cumulative
	  	 	65	 
	Section 6.11	  	 Delay or Omission Not Waiver
	  	 	65	 
	Section 6.12	  	 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	  	 	65	 
	Section 6.13	  	 Priorities
	  	 	66	 
	Section 6.14	  	 Undertaking for Costs
	  	 	66	 
	
	ARTICLE 7	  

	
	TRUSTEE	  

			
	Section 7.01	  	 Duties of Trustee
	  	 	66	 
	Section 7.02	  	 Rights of Trustee
	  	 	67	 
	Section 7.03	  	 Individual Rights of Trustee
	  	 	68	 
	Section 7.04	  	 Trustee’s Disclaimer
	  	 	69	 
	Section 7.05	  	 Notice of Defaults
	  	 	69	 


  
 - iii - 













					
	Section 7.06	  	Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes	  	69
	Section 7.07	  	Compensation and Indemnity	  	69
	Section 7.08	  	Replacement of Trustee	  	70
	Section 7.09	  	Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.	  	71
	Section 7.10	  	Eligibility; Disqualification	  	71
	Section 7.11	  	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer	  	71
	
	ARTICLE 8
	
	LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
			
	Section 8.01	  	Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance	  	72
	Section 8.02	  	Legal Defeasance and Discharge	  	72
	Section 8.03	  	Covenant Defeasance	  	73
	Section 8.04	  	Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance	  	73
	Section 8.05	  	Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions	  	74
	Section 8.06	  	Repayment to Issuer	  	75
	Section 8.07	  	Reinstatement	  	75
	
	ARTICLE 9
	
	AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
			
	Section 9.01	  	Without Consent of Holders of Notes	  	75
	Section 9.02	  	With Consent of Holders of Notes	  	77
	Section 9.03	  	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act	  	78
	Section 9.04	  	Revocation and Effect of Consents	  	79
	Section 9.05	  	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	  	79
	Section 9.06	  	Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.	  	79
	Section 9.07	  	Payment for Consent	  	79
	
	ARTICLE 10
	
	RANKING OF NOTE LIENS
			
	Section 10.01	  	Relative Rights	  	80
	
	ARTICLE 11
	
	COLLATERAL
			
	Section 11.01	  	Security Documents	  	81
	Section 11.02	  	First Lien Collateral Agent	  	81
	Section 11.03	  	Authorization of Actions to Be Taken	  	82
	Section 11.04	  	Release of Collateral	  	83
	Section 11.05	  	Filing, Recording and Opinions	  	84
	Section 11.06	  	Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee	  	85
	Section 11.07	  	Release upon Termination of the Issuer’s Obligations	  	85
	Section 11.08	  	Designations	  	85


  
 - iv - 













					
	ARTICLE 12
	
	GUARANTEES
			
	Section 12.01	 	Subsidiary Guarantee	  	86
	Section 12.02	 	Limitation on Subsidiary Guarantor Liability	  	87
	Section 12.03	 	Execution and Delivery	  	88
	Section 12.04	 	Subrogation	  	88
	Section 12.05	 	Benefits Acknowledged	  	88
	Section 12.06	 	Release of Guarantees	  	88
	Section 12.07	 	Parent Guarantee	  	89
	
	ARTICLE 13
	
	SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
			
	Section 13.01	 	Satisfaction and Discharge	  	91
	Section 13.02	 	Application of Trust Money	  	92
	
	ARTICLE 14
	
	MISCELLANEOUS
			
	Section 14.01	 	Trust Indenture Act Controls	  	93
	Section 14.02	 	Notices	  	93
	Section 14.03	 	Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes	  	94
	Section 14.04	 	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	  	94
	Section 14.05	 	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	  	94
	Section 14.06	 	Rules by Trustee and Agents	  	95
	Section 14.07	 	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders	  	95
	Section 14.08	 	Governing Law	  	95
	Section 14.09	 	Waiver of Jury Trial	  	95
	Section 14.10	 	Force Majeure	  	95
	Section 14.11	 	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements	  	96
	Section 14.12	 	Successors	  	96
	Section 14.13	 	Severability	  	96
	Section 14.14	 	Legal Holidays	  	96
	Section 14.15	 	Counterpart Originals	  	96
	Section 14.16	 	Table of Contents, Headings, etc.	  	97
	Section 14.17	 	Qualification of Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture	  	97
	Section 14.18	 	USA Patriot Act	  	97
			
	EXHIBITS	 		  	
			
	Exhibit A	 	Form of Note	  	
	Exhibit B	 	Form of Supplemental Indenture to be Delivered to Subsequent Guarantors	  	
	Exhibit C	 	Form of Additional First Lien Secured Party Consent	  	
	Exhibit D	 	Form of Certificate of Transfer	  	
	Exhibit E	 	Form of Certificate of Exchange	  	


  
 - v - 












 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE NO. 31 (the “Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture”),
dated as of March 9, 2022, among HCA Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), HCA Healthcare, Inc. (the “Parent Guarantor”), the other guarantors listed in Schedules
I-A and I-B hereto (the “Subsidiary Guarantors”, and together with the Parent Guarantor, the “Guarantors”), Delaware Trust
Company (as successor to Law Debenture Trust Company of New York), as Trustee, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent. 

W I T N E S S E T H 

WHEREAS, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee have executed and delivered a base indenture, dated as of August 1, 2011 (as amended,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Base Indenture”) to provide for the future issuance of the Issuer’s senior debt securities to be issued from time to time in one or more series; and 

WHEREAS, the Issuer has duly authorized the creation of an issue of $2,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3 5/8% Senior Secured Notes
due 2032 (the “Initial Notes”), which shall be guaranteed by the Guarantors, which has been duly authenticated by each of the Guarantors; and in connection therewith, each of the Issuer and each of the Guarantors has duly authorized
the execution and delivery of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture to set forth the terms and provisions of the Notes as contemplated by the Base Indenture. This Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture restates in their entirety the terms of the
Base Indenture as supplemented by this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture and does not incorporate the terms of the Base Indenture. The changes, modifications and supplements to the Base Indenture affected by this Thirty-First Supplemental
Indenture shall be applicable only with respect to, and shall only govern the terms of, the Notes, except as otherwise provided herein, and shall not apply to any other securities that may be issued under the Base Indenture unless a supplemental
indenture with respect to such other securities specifically incorporates such changes, modifications and supplements. 
 NOW, THEREFORE,
the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes. 

ARTICLE 1 
 DEFINITIONS AND
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 
 Section 1.01 Definitions. 

“144A Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, as the case may be,
bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the
Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A. 
 “2012 Additional General Intercreditor Agreement” means the Additional General
Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of October 23, 2012, by and among the First Lien Collateral Agent, The Bank of New York Mellon, in its capacity as junior lien collateral agent and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., in its
capacity as 2009 second lien trustee. 
 “ABL Collateral Agent” means Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as
administrative agent and collateral agent for the lenders and other secured parties under the ABL Facility and the credit, guarantee and security documents governing the ABL Obligations, together with its successors and permitted assigns under the
ABL Facility exercising substantially the same rights and powers; and in each case provided that if such ABL Collateral Agent is not Bank of America, N.A., such ABL Collateral Agent shall have become a party to the Receivables Intercreditor
Agreement and the other applicable Shared Receivables Security Documents. 











 “ABL Facility” means the Amended and Restated Asset-Based Revolving Credit
Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2011, as amended and restated as of March 7, 2014 and June 28, 2017, and as further amended and restated as of June 30, 2021, by and among the Issuer, the subsidiary borrowers party thereto,
the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and Letter of Credit Issuer, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed
in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional
lenders or investors that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount
borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof. 
 “ABL Obligations” means Obligations under the ABL Facility. 

“ABL Secured Parties” means each of (i) the ABL Collateral Agent on behalf of itself and the lenders under the ABL
Facility and lenders or their affiliates counterparty to related Hedging Obligations and (ii) each other holder of ABL Obligations. 

“Additional First Lien Obligations” shall have the meaning given such term by the Security Agreement and shall include the
New First Lien Obligations. 
 “Additional First Lien Secured Party” means the holders of any Additional First Lien
Obligations, including the Holders, and any Authorized Representative with respect thereto, including the Trustee, and the Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent. 

“Additional First Lien Secured Party Consent” means the Additional First Lien Secured Party Consent substantially in the form
attached as an exhibit to the Security Agreement (and as modified, attached here as Exhibit C), dated as of the Issue Date, and executed by the Trustee, as Authorized Representative of the Holders, the First Lien Collateral Agent, the Issuer and the
grantors party thereto. 
 “Additional General Intercreditor Agreement” means an agreement on terms no less favorable,
taken as a whole, to the First Lien Secured Parties than the terms under the 2012 Additional General Intercreditor Agreement, entered into by and among the First Lien Collateral Agent, the applicable Junior Lien Collateral Agent, and, if applicable,
the trustee or other Junior Lien Representative for the Junior Lien Obligations, and consented to by the Issuer and the Guarantors, as the same may be amended, restated or modified from time to time. 

“Additional Interest” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Additional Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes and other than Exchange Notes for such Initial Notes)
issued from time to time under this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture in accordance with Section 2.01. 
 “Additional
Receivables Intercreditor Agreement” means the Additional Receivables Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of March 9, 2022, between the ABL Collateral Agent and the First Lien Collateral Agent, and consented to by the Issuer and the
Subsidiary Guarantors, as the same may be amended, restated or modified from time to time. 

  
 -2- 












 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or
indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,”
“controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person,
whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. 
 “Affiliated Entity” means any Person
which (i) does not transact any substantial portion of its business or regularly maintain any substantial portion of its operating assets within the continental limits of the United States of America, (ii) is principally engaged in the
business of financing (including, without limitation, the purchase, holding, sale or discounting of or lending upon any notes, contracts, leases or other forms of obligations) the sale or lease of merchandise, equipment or services (1) by the
Issuer , (2) by a Subsidiary (whether such sales or leases have been made before or after the date which such Person became a Subsidiary), (3) by another Affiliated Entity or (4) by any Person prior to the time which substantially all
its assets have heretofore been or shall hereafter have been acquired by the Issuer, (iii) is principally engaged in the business of owning, leasing, dealing in or developing real property, (iv) is principally engaged in the holding of
stock in, and/or the financing of operations of, an Affiliated Entity, or (v) is principally engaged in the business of (1) offering health benefit products or (2) insuring against professional and general liability risks of the
Issuer. 
 “Agent” means any Registrar or Paying Agent. 

“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note,
the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and/or Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange. 
 “Authenticating
Agent” means any Person authorized by the Trustee pursuant to Section 2.02 to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Notes. 

“Authorized Representative” means (i) in the case of any General Credit Facility Obligations or the General Credit
Facility Secured Parties, the administrative agent under the General Credit Facility, (ii) in the case of the Existing First Priority Notes Obligations or the Existing First Priority Notes, Delaware Trust Company, as trustee for the holders of
the Existing First Priority Notes, (iii) in the case of the New First Lien Obligations or the Holders, the Trustee and (iv) in the case of any Additional First Lien Obligations or Additional First Lien Secured Parties that become subject
to the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, the Authorized Representative named for such Additional First Lien Obligations or Additional First Lien Secured Parties in the applicable joinder agreement. 

“Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended. 

“Bankruptcy Law” means the Bankruptcy Code and any similar federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors. 

“Base Indenture” means the indenture, dated as of August 1, 2011, among the Issuer, HCA Healthcare, Inc., Delaware Trust
Company (as successor to Law Debenture Trust Company of New York), as trustee, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as paying agent, registrar and transfer agent. 

  
 -3- 












 “Business Day” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday. 

“Capital Stock” means: 

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock; 

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other
equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; 
 (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company,
partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and 
 (4) any other interest or participation that confers
on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person. 

“Capitalized Software Expenditures” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued
as liabilities) by a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as
capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 “Change of Control”
means the occurrence of any of the following: 
 (1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions,
of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder; or 

(2) the Issuer becomes aware (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy,
vote, written notice or otherwise) of the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of
acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of
transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of 50% or
more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies holding directly or indirectly 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer. 

“Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme. 

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 

“Collateral” means, collectively, the Shared Receivables Collateral and
Non-Receivables Collateral. 
 “Company” means, collectively, the Issuer and its
consolidated Subsidiaries. 
 “Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means with respect to any Person for any
period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and Capitalized Software Expenditures, of such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP. 

  
 -4- 












 “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any
period, without duplication, the sum of: 
 (1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries
for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all
commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any
non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Finance Lease
Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (u) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities not constituting Indebtedness, (v) any expense
resulting from the discounting of the Existing Notes or other Indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization accounting or, if applicable, purchase accounting, (w) any “additional interest” with respect to other
securities, (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and (z) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and
charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility); plus 
 (2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person
and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less 
 (3) interest income for such period. 

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Finance Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by
such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Finance Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Consolidated Net
Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that,
without duplication, 
 (1) any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses, severance, relocation costs, consolidation and closing costs, integration and facilities opening costs, business
optimization costs, transition costs, restructuring costs, signing, retention or completion bonuses, and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans shall be excluded, 

(2) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period shall be excluded, 

(3) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed, abandoned or discontinued
operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations shall be excluded, 

  
 -5- 












 (4) any after-tax effect of gains or
losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions or abandonments other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, shall be excluded, 

(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be excluded; provided that
Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in
respect of such period, 
 (6) [reserved]; 

(7) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Issuer and its Restricted
Subsidiaries) in the property, equipment, inventory, software and other intangible assets, deferred revenues and debt line items in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of
recapitalization accounting or, if applicable, purchase accounting in relation to the Issuer’s 2006 recapitalization transaction or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any
amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded, 
 (8) any after-tax effect of
income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded, 

(9) any impairment charge or asset write-off, including, without limitation, impairment
charges or asset write-offs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets or investments in debt and equity securities, in each case, pursuant to GAAP and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded, 

(10) any non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or
similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights, and any cash charges associated with the rollover, acceleration or payout of Equity Interests by management of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in
connection with the Issuer’s 2006 recapitalization transaction, shall be excluded, 
 (11) any fees and expenses
incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, asset sale, issuance or repayment of any Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or
modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring
merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction shall be excluded, 
 (12) accruals and reserves
that are established or adjusted within twelve months after November 17, 2006 that are so required to be established as a result of the Issuer’s 2006 recapitalization transaction in accordance with GAAP, or changes as a result of adoption
or modification of accounting policies, shall be excluded, and 
 (13) to the extent covered by insurance and actually
reimbursed, or, so long as the Issuer has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier
in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty
events or business interruption shall be excluded. 

  
 -6- 












 “Consolidated Total Assets” means, with respect to any Person, the total
amount of assets (less applicable reserves and other properly deductible items) as set forth on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer and computed in accordance with GAAP. 

“Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends
or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any
obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, 
 (1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property
constituting direct or indirect security therefor, 
 (2) to advance or supply funds: 

(a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or 

(b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of
the primary obligor, or 
 (3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner
of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof. 

“Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 14.02 hereof or such
other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Holders and the Issuer. 
 “Credit Facilities” means, with
respect to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, including the Senior Credit Facilities, or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing
for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments,
supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or
commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional
borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders. 
 “Custodian”
means the Paying Agent and Registrar, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto. 

“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

 “Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with
Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto. 

  
 -7- 












 “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole
or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision
of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture. 
 “Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock
of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a
change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior
to the date 91 days after the earlier of the Maturity Date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Issuer or
its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or
regulatory obligations. 
 “EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such
Person for such period 
 (1) increased (without duplication) by: 

(a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital gains, including, without limitation, foreign, federal, state,
franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes (including penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from tax examinations) of such Person paid or accrued during such period deducted (and not added back) in computing
Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (b) Fixed Charges of such Person for such period (including (x) net losses on
Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk and (y) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Fixed Charges),
together with items excluded from the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense” pursuant to clauses (1)(u), (v), (w), (x), (y) and (z) of the definition thereof, and, in each such case, to the extent the same were deducted (and
not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization
Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus 

(d) any expenses or charges (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any equity offering, acquisition,
disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges
related to any offering of debt securities or bank financing and (ii) any amendment or other modification of such financing, and, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus 

  
 -8- 












 (e) the amount of any restructuring charge or reserve deducted (and not
added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any onetime costs incurred in connection with acquisitions and costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities; plus 

(f) any other non-cash charges, including any write-offs or write-downs, reducing
Consolidated Net Income for such period (provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such
future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus 

(g) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties
deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus  
 (h) the amount of
management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid in such period to the Investors and the Frist Entities; plus 

(i) the amount of net cost savings projected by the Issuer in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken
or to be taken (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that
(w) such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (x) such actions have been taken or are to be taken within 15 months after the date of determination to take such action, (y) no cost savings shall be added
pursuant to this clause (i) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating to such cost savings that are included in clause (e) above with respect to such period and (z) the aggregate amount of cost savings added
pursuant to this clause (i) shall not exceed $200.0 million for any four consecutive quarter period (which adjustments may be incremental to pro forma adjustments made pursuant to the second paragraph of the definition of
“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”); plus 
 (j) the amount of loss on sales of receivables and related assets to
the Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility; plus  
 (k) any costs or expense
incurred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such
cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Issuer or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of the Issuer; 

(2) decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net
Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period; and

 (3) increased or decreased by (without duplication): 

  
 -9- 












 (a) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations
and the application of Accounting Standards Codification 815; plus or minus, as applicable, and 
 (b) any net
gain or loss resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from Hedging Obligations for currency exchange risk). 

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any
debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock. 
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder. 
 “Euroclear” means Euroclear
Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system. 
 “Exchange Notes” means any notes issued in exchange for the Notes
pursuant to Section 2.06(f) hereof. 
 “Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in any Registration Rights
Agreement. 
 “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in any Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Existing 2.375% First Priority 2031 Notes” means the $850 million aggregate principal amount of 2.375% Senior Secured
Notes due 2031, issued by the Issuer under the Existing 2.375% First Priority 2031 Notes Indenture. 
 “Existing 2.375% First
Priority 2031 Notes Indenture” means the Base Indenture, as supplemented by the Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 30, 2021, among the Issuer, HCA Healthcare, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors named therein, Delaware Trust Company
(as successor to Law Debenture Trust Company of New York), as trustee, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as paying agent, registrar and transfer agent. 

“Existing 3.500% First Priority 2051 Notes” means the $1.500 billion aggregate principal amount of 3.500% Senior Secured
Notes due 2051, issued by the Issuer under the Existing 3.500% First Priority 2051 Notes Indenture. 
 “Existing 3.500% First
Priority 2051 Notes Indenture” means the Base Indenture, as supplemented by the Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 30, 2021, among the Issuer, HCA Healthcare, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors named therein, Delaware Trust Company
(as successor to Law Debenture Trust Company of New York), as trustee, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as paying agent, registrar and transfer agent. 

“Existing 4.125% First Priority Notes” means the $2,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 41/8% Senior Secured Notes due 2029, issued by the Issuer under the Existing 4.125% First Priority Notes Indenture. 

  
 -10- 












 “Existing 4.125% First Priority Notes Indenture” means the Base Indenture,
as supplemented by the Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 12, 2019, among the Issuer, HCA Healthcare, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors named therein, Delaware Trust Company (as successor to Law Debenture Trust Company of New York), as
trustee, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as paying agent, registrar and transfer agent. 
 “Existing 4.50% First Priority
2027 Notes” means the $1,200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2027, issued by the Issuer under the Existing 4.500% First Priority 2027 Notes Indenture. 

“Existing 4.50% First Priority 2027 Notes Indenture” means the Base Indenture, as supplemented by the Supplemental Indenture,
dated as of August 15, 2016, among the Issuer, HCA Healthcare, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors named therein, Delaware Trust Company (as successor to Law Debenture Trust Company of New York), as trustee, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company
Americas, as paying agent, registrar and transfer agent. 
 “Existing 4.75% First Priority Notes” means the $1,250,000,000
aggregate principal amount of 4.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2023, issued by the Issuer under the Existing 4.75% First Priority Notes Indenture. 

“Existing 4.75% First Priority Notes Indenture” means the Base Indenture, as supplemented by the Supplemental Indenture,
dated as of October 23, 2012, among the Issuer, HCA Healthcare, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors named therein, Delaware Trust Company (as successor to Law Debenture Trust Company of New York) as trustee, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company
Americas, as paying agent, registrar and transfer agent. 
 “Existing 5.00% First Priority Notes” means the $2,000,000,000
aggregate principal amount of 5.00% Senior Secured Notes due 2024, issued by the Issuer under the Existing 5.00% First Priority Notes Indenture. 

“Existing 5.00% First Priority Notes Indenture” means the Base Indenture, as supplemented by the Supplemental Indenture,
dated as of March 17, 2014, among the Issuer, HCA Healthcare, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors named therein, Delaware Trust Company (as successor to Law Debenture Trust Company of New York), as trustee, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas,
as paying agent, registrar and transfer agent. 
 “Existing 5.125% First Priority Notes” means the $1,000,000,000 aggregate
principal amount of 51/8% Senior Secured Notes due 2039, issued by the Issuer under the Existing 5.125% First Priority Notes Indenture. 

“Existing 5.125% First Priority Notes Indenture” means the Base Indenture, as supplemented by the Supplemental Indenture,
dated as of June 12, 2019, among the Issuer, HCA Healthcare, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors named therein, Delaware Trust Company (as successor to Law Debenture Trust Company of New York), as trustee, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas,
as paying agent, registrar and transfer agent. 
 “Existing 5.25% First Priority 2025 Notes” means the $1,400,000,000
aggregate principal amount of 5.25% Senior Secured Notes due 2025, issued by the Issuer under the Existing 5.25% First Priority 2025 Notes Indenture. 

  
 -11- 












 “Existing 5.25% First Priority 2025 Notes Indenture” means the Base
Indenture, as supplemented by the Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 17, 2014, among the Issuer, HCA Healthcare, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors named therein, Delaware Trust Company (as successor to Law Debenture Trust Company of New
York), as trustee, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as paying agent, registrar and transfer agent. 
 “Existing 5.25% First
Priority 2026 Notes” means the $1,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.250% Senior Secured Notes due 2026, issued by the Issuer under the Existing 5.25% First Priority 2026 Notes Indenture. 

“Existing 5.25% First Priority 2026 Notes Indenture” means the Base Indenture, as supplemented by the Supplemental Indenture,
dated as of March 15, 2016, among the Issuer, HCA Healthcare, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors named therein, Delaware Trust Company (as successor to Law Debenture Trust Company of New York), as trustee, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas,
as paying agent, registrar and transfer agent. 
 “Existing 5.25% First Priority 2049 Notes” means the $2,000,000,000
aggregate principal amount of 5.25% Senior Secured Notes due 2049, issued by the Issuer under the Existing 5.25% First Priority 2049 Notes Indenture. 

“Existing 5.25% First Priority 2049 Notes Indenture” means the Base Indenture, as supplemented by the Supplemental Indenture,
dated as of June 12, 2019, among the Issuer, HCA Healthcare, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors named therein, Delaware Trust Company (as successor to Law Debenture Trust Company of New York), as trustee, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas,
as paying agent, registrar and transfer agent. 
 “Existing 5.50% First Priority Notes” means the $1,500,000,000 aggregate
principal amount of 5.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2047, issued by the Issuer under the Existing 5.50% First Priority Notes Indenture. 

“Existing 5.50% First Priority Notes Indenture” means the Base Indenture, as supplemented by the Supplemental Indenture,
dated as of June 22, 2017, among the Issuer, HCA Healthcare, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors named therein, Delaware Trust Company (as successor to Law Debenture Trust Company of New York), as trustee, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas,
as paying agent, registrar and transfer agent. 
 “Existing First Priority Notes” means the Existing 2.375% First Priority
2031 Notes, the Existing 3.500% First Priority 2051 Notes, the Existing 4.125% First Priority Notes, the Existing 4.50% First Priority 2027 Notes, the Existing 4.75% First Priority Notes, the Existing 5.00% First Priority Notes, the Existing 5.125%
First Priority Notes, the Existing 5.25% First Priority 2025 Notes, the Existing 5.25% First Priority 2026 Notes, the Existing 5.00% First Priority 2049 Notes and the Existing 5.50% First Priority Notes. 

“Existing First Priority Notes Indentures” means the Existing 2.375% First Priority 2031 Notes Indenture, Existing 3.500%
First Priority 2051 Notes Indenture, the Existing 4.125% First Priority Notes Indenture, the Existing 4.50% First Priority 2027 Notes Indenture, the Existing 4.75% First Priority Notes Indenture, the Existing 5.00% First Priority Notes Indenture,
the Existing 5.125% First Priority Notes Indenture, the Existing 5.25% First Priority 2025 Notes Indenture, the Existing 5.25% First Priority 2026 Notes Indenture, the Existing 5.25% First Priority 2049 Notes Indenture and the Existing 5.50% First
Priority Notes Indenture. 

  
 -12- 












 “Existing First Priority Notes Obligations” means Obligations in respect of
the Existing First Priority Notes, the Existing First Priority Notes Indentures or the other First Lien Documents as they relate to the Existing First Priority Notes, including, for the avoidance of doubt, obligations in respect of exchange notes
and guarantees thereof. 
 “Existing Notes” means the $136 million aggregate principal amount of 7.500% debentures due
2023, $1.250 billion aggregate principal amount of 5.875% notes due 2023, $150 million aggregate principal amount of 8.360% debentures due 2024, $291 million aggregate principal amount of 7.690% notes due 2025, $2.600 billion
aggregate principal amount of 5.375% notes due 2025, $125 million aggregate principal amount of 7.580% medium term notes due 2025, $1.500 billion aggregate principal amount of 5.875% notes due 2026, $1.000 billion aggregate principal
amount of 5.375% notes due 2026, $150 million aggregate principal amount of 7.050% debentures due 2027, $1.500 billion aggregate principal amount of 5.625% notes due 2028, $1.000 billion aggregate principal amount of 5.875% notes due
2029, $2.700 billion aggregate principal amount of 3.500% notes due 2030, $250 million aggregate principal amount of 7.500% notes due 2033, $100 million aggregate principal amount of 7.750% debentures due 2036 and $200 million
aggregate principal amount of 7.500% debentures due 2095, each issued by the Issuer and outstanding on the Issue Date. 
 “Finance
Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a finance lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet
(excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP. 
 “First Lien Collateral Agent” means Bank of America, N.A., in
its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent for the lenders and other secured parties under the General Credit Facility, the Existing First Priority Notes Indentures and the other First Lien Documents and in its capacity as collateral
agent for First Lien Secured Parties, together with its successors and permitted assigns under the General Credit Facility, the Existing First Priority Notes Indentures, the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture and the First Lien Documents exercising
substantially the same rights and powers; and in each case provided that if such First Lien Collateral Agent is not Bank of America, N.A., such First Lien Collateral Agent shall have become a party to any Additional General Intercreditor
Agreement, and the other applicable First Lien Security Documents. 
 “First Lien Documents” means the credit, guarantee
and security documents governing the First Lien Obligations, including, without limitation, this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture and the First Lien Security Documents. 

“First Lien Intercreditor Agreement” means that certain intercreditor agreement dated April 22, 2009 among Bank of
America, N.A. as collateral agent for the First Lien Secured Parties and the other parties thereto, as the same may be amended, restated or modified, from time to time. 

“First Lien Obligations” means, collectively, (a) all General Credit Facility Obligations, (b) the Existing First
Priority Notes Obligations, (c) the New First Lien Obligations and (d) any Additional First Lien Obligations. For the avoidance of doubt, Obligations with respect to the ABL Facility will not constitute First Lien Obligations. 

  
 -13- 












 “First Lien Secured Parties” means (a) the “Secured
Parties,” as defined in the General Credit Facility, (b) the holders of the Existing First Priority Notes Obligations and Delaware Trust Company (as successor to Law Debenture Trust Company of New York), as authorized representative for
such holders, and (c) any Additional First Lien Secured Parties, including, without limitation, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent, and the Holders (including the Holders of any Additional Notes subsequently issued
under and in compliance with the terms of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture). 
 “First Lien Security Documents”
means the Security Documents (as defined in this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture) and any other agreement, document or instrument pursuant to which a Lien is granted or purported to be granted securing First Lien Obligations or under which
rights or remedies with respect to such Liens are governed, in each case to the extent relating to the collateral securing both the First Lien Obligations and any Junior Lien Obligations. 

“First Priority Liens” means the first priority Liens securing the First Lien Obligations. 

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such
period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred under any
revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall
be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at
the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. 
 For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions,
dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference
period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed
operations (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If, since the beginning of such period, any Person that
subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed
operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger,
consolidation or disposed operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. 
 For purposes of this definition,
whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and
is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any
Hedging 

  
 -14- 












 
Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Finance Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting
officer of the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Finance Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on
a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be
determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate or other rate shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate
chosen as the Issuer may designate. 
 “Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of: 

(1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period; 

(2) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred
Stock during such period; and 
 (3) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in
consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during such period. 
 “Foreign Subsidiary” means, with respect to any
Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and any Restricted Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary. 

“Frist Entities” means Dr. Thomas F. Frist, Jr., any Person controlled by Dr. Frist and any charitable
organization selected by Dr. Frist that holds Equity Interests of the Issuer on November 17, 2006. 
 “Funded
Debt” means any Indebtedness for money borrowed, created, issued, incurred, assumed or guaranteed that would, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, be classified as long-term debt, but in any event including all
Indebtedness for money borrowed, whether secured or unsecured, maturing more than one year, or extendible at the option of the obligor to a date more than one year, after the date of determination thereof (excluding any amount thereof included in
current liabilities). 
 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States which were in effect on
November 17, 2006. 
 “General Credit Facility” means the credit agreement entered into as of November 17, 2006,
as amended and restated as of May 4, 2011, as further amended and restated as of February 26, 2014 and June 28, 2017, and as further amended and restated as of June 30, 2021, by and among the Issuer, the lenders party thereto in
their capacities as lenders thereunder and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and as further amended or restated from time to time, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection
therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or
investors that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable
thereunder or alters the maturity thereof. 

  
 -15- 












 “General Credit Facility Obligations” means “Obligations”
as defined in the General Credit Facility. 
 “General Credit Facility Secured Parties” means the “Secured
Parties” as defined in the General Credit Facility. 
 “Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in
Section 2.06(f) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture. 

“Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes,
substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto and that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b),
2.06(d) or 2.06(f) hereof. 
 “Government Securities” means securities that are: 

(1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

 (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of
America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, 
 which, in either
case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government
Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not
authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government
Securities evidenced by such depository receipt. 
 “guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable
instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations. 

“Guarantee” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuer’s Obligations under this Thirty-First Supplemental
Indenture. 
 “Guarantor” means (i) the Parent Guarantor and (ii) each Subsidiary Guarantor that Guarantees the
Notes in accordance with the terms of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture. 
 “Hedging Obligations” means, with
respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign
exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies. 

“Holder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books. 

  
 -16- 












 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication: 

(1) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent: 

(a) in respect of borrowed money; 

(b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without
duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof); 
 (c) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the
purchase price of any property (including Finance Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business and
(ii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP; or 

(d) representing any Hedging Obligations; 

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability
upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; 
 (2) to the extent
not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise on, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the
balance sheet of the such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and 

(3) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person secured
by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person; 
 provided, however,
that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (a) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business or (b) obligations under or in respect of Receivables Facilities. 

“Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant. 

“Initial Notes” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto. 

“Initial Purchasers” means Citigroup Global Markets Inc., and the other initial purchasers party to the purchase agreement
related to the Notes dated as of March 2, 2022. 
 “Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding” means: 

(1) any case commenced by or against the Issuer or any Guarantor under any Bankruptcy Law for the relief of debtors, any other proceeding for
the reorganization, recapitalization or adjustment or marshalling of the assets or liabilities of the Issuer or any Guarantor, any receivership or assignment for the benefit of creditors relating to the Issuer or any Guarantor or any similar case or
proceeding relative to the Issuer or any Guarantor or its creditors, as such, in each case whether or not voluntary; 

  
 -17- 












 (2) any liquidation, dissolution, marshalling of assets or liabilities or
other winding up of or relating to the Issuer or any Guarantor, in each case whether or not voluntary and whether or not involving bankruptcy or insolvency; or 

(3) any other proceeding of any type or nature in which substantially all claims of creditors of the Issuer or any Guarantor
are determined and any payment or distribution is or may be made on account of such claims. 
 “Intercreditor Agreements”
means, collectively, the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, the Additional Receivables Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional General Intercreditor Agreement. 

“Interest Payment Date” means March 15 and September 15 of each year to stated maturity. 

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency. 

“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in
the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commissions, travel and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary
course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the
footnotes) of the Issuer in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. 

“Investors” means Bain Capital Partners, LLC and Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P., and each of their respective
Affiliates but not including, however, any portfolio companies of any of the foregoing. 
 “Issue Date” means March 9,
2022. 
 “Issuer Order” means a written request or order signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer, who
must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer, and delivered to the Trustee. 

“Junior Lien Collateral Agent” shall mean the Junior Lien Representative for the holders of any initial Junior Lien
Obligations, and thereafter such other agent or trustee as is designated “Junior Lien Collateral Agent” by Junior Lien Secured Parties holding a majority in principal amount of the Junior Lien Obligations then outstanding or pursuant to
such other arrangements as agreed to among the holders of the Junior Lien Obligations. 
 “Junior Lien Obligations” means
the Obligations with respect to Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture which is by its terms intended to be secured by all or any portion of the Collateral on a basis junior to the Liens securing the
First Lien Obligations; provided such Lien is permitted to be incurred under this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture; provided, further, that the holders of such Indebtedness or their Junior Lien Representative is a party to the applicable security
documents in accordance with the terms thereof and has appointed the Junior Lien Collateral Agent as collateral agent for such holders of Junior Lien Obligations with respect to all or a portion of the Collateral. 

  
 -18- 












 “Junior Lien Representative” means any duly Authorized Representative of
any holders of Junior Lien Obligations, which representative is party to the applicable security documents. 
 “Junior Lien Secured
Parties” means (i) a Junior Lien Collateral Agent and (ii) the holders from time to time of any Junior Lien Obligations and each Junior Lien Representative. 

“Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in
the State of New York. 
 “Letter of Transmittal” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Issuer and sent to
all Holders of the Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer. 
 “Lien” means, with respect to
any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under
applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in such asset and any agreement to give any financing statement
under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien. 

“Maturity Date” means March 15, 2032, the date the Notes will mature. 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business. 

“Mortgages” means mortgages, liens, pledges or other encumbrances. 

“Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and
before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends. 
 “New First Lien Documents” means the First Lien Documents
relating to the New First Lien Obligations. 
 “New First Lien Obligations” means all advances to, and debts, liabilities,
obligations, covenants and duties of, the Issuer or any Guarantor arising under the Indenture and any other New First Lien Documents, whether or not direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to
become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding in bankruptcy or insolvency law naming such Person as
the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding. 
 “Non-Receivables Collateral” means all the present and future assets of the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors in which a security interest has been granted pursuant to (a) the Security Agreement,
(b) the Pledge Agreement and (c) the other Security Documents other than the Shared Receivables Security Documents and any Security Documents relating to the Separate Receivables Collateral. 

  
 -19- 












 “Notes” means the Initial Notes and more particularly means any Note
authenticated and delivered under this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture. For all purposes of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, the term “Notes” shall also include any Additional Notes that may be issued under a supplemental
indenture. 
 “Obligations” means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a
petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), premium, penalties,
fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees,
indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 

“Offering Memorandum” means the offering memorandum, dated March 2, 2022, relating to the sale of the Initial Notes.

 “Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President,
Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Issuer, a Guarantor or such Guarantor’s general partner, managing partner or managing member, as applicable. 

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer, or on behalf of
a Guarantor by an Officer of such Guarantor, that meets the requirements set forth in this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture. 

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an
employee of or counsel to the Issuer or a Guarantor, as the case may be. 
 “Participant” means, with respect to the
Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream). 

“Par Call Date” means December 15, 2031. 

“Parent Guarantee” means the guarantee by the Parent Guarantor of the Parent Guaranteed Obligations under this Thirty-First
Supplemental Indenture. 
 “Parent Guarantor” means the Person named as the “Parent Guarantor” in the recitals
(i) until released pursuant to the provisions of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture or (ii) until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, and
thereafter “Parent Guarantor” shall mean that successor Person until released pursuant to the provisions of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture. 

“Permitted Holders” means each of the Investors, the Frist Entities, members of management of the Issuer (or its direct or
indirect parent), and each of their respective Affiliates or successors, that are holders of Equity Interests of the Issuer (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) and any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or
Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such
Investors, Frist Entities, members of management and assignees of the equity commitments of the Investors, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or
indirect parent companies. 

  
 -20- 












 “Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person: 

(1) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar
legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits
of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 (2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not
yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal
or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP; 

(3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or payable or
subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP; 

(4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or
letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business; 

(5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens
incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or
materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person; 
 (6) Liens securing or constituting capital or
other lease obligations or purchase money indebtedness incurred to finance all or part of the cost of acquiring, leasing, constructing or improving any property or assets; 

(7) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens in favor of (i) the lenders under the Senior Credit Facilities and
(ii) the holders of the Existing First Priority Notes); 
 (8) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the
time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, however, such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided, further, however, that such Liens may not extend to
any other property owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

  
 -21- 












 (9) Liens on property at the time the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary
acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in
contemplation of, such acquisition; provided, further, however, that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted
Subsidiary; 
 (11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as the related Indebtedness is secured by a Lien on the same
property securing such Hedging Obligations; 
 (12) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any
Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; 

(13) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially
interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness; 

(14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the
Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 
 (15) Liens in favor of the Issuer or any
Guarantor; 
 (16) Liens on equipment of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of
business; 
 (17) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Receivables Facility; 

(18) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancings, refundings,
extensions, renewals or replacements), as a whole or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9); provided, however, that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the
same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (b) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or,
if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any
fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement; 
 (19)
deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers; 
 (20) other Liens securing
obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business which obligations do not exceed $100.0 million at any one time outstanding; 

  
 -22- 












 (21) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an
Event of Default so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be
initiated has not expired; 
 (22) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure
payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business; 
 (23) Liens
(i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code, or any comparable or successor provision, on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity
trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry; 

(24) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements; provided that such Liens do not extend to
any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreements; 
 (25) Liens encumbering reasonable
customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; 

(26) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the
establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of
overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 
 (27) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention,
consignment or similar arrangements for the sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; and 

(28) Liens that rank junior to the Liens securing the Notes securing the Junior Lien Obligations. 

For purposes of this definition, the term “Indebtedness” shall be deemed to include interest on such Indebtedness. 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock
company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 

“Pledge Agreement” means the amended and restated Pledge Agreement, dated as of November 17, 2006, as amended and
restated as of March 2, 2009 by and among the Issuer, the subsidiary pledgors named therein and the First Lien Collateral Agent, as the same may be further amended, restated or modified from time to time. 

  
 -23- 












 “Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of
payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up. 
 “Principal Property” means each acute care hospital
providing general medical and surgical services (excluding equipment, personal property and hospitals that primarily provide specialty medical services, such as psychiatric and obstetrical and gynecological services) owned solely by the Issuer
and/or one or more of its Subsidiaries and located in the United States of America. 
 “Private Placement Legend” means the
legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(i) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture, except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture. 

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 

“Rating Agencies” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Notes
publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be. 

“Receivables Collateral” means all the assets pledged to the ABL Collateral Agent on behalf of the ABL Secured Parties as
security for the ABL Obligations. 
 “Receivables Facility” means any of one or more receivables financing facilities as
amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the Obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and
indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries purports to sell its accounts
receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn funds such purchase by purporting to sell its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or by
borrowing from such a Person or from another Receivables Subsidiary that in turn funds itself by borrowing from such a Person. 

“Receivables Intercreditor Agreement” means that certain intercreditor agreement dated November 17, 2006 among Bank of
America, N.A., as ABL collateral agent and the other parties thereto, as the same may be amended, restated or modified, from time to time. 

“Receivables Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of facilitating or entering into one or more Receivables
Facilities, and in each case engages only in activities reasonably related or incidental thereto. 
 “Record Date” for the
interest or Additional Interest, if any, payable on any applicable Interest Payment Date means March 1 or September 1 (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding such Interest Payment Date. 

“Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement related to the Notes, dated as of the Issue Date,
among the Issuer and the Initial Purchasers, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements between the Issuer and the other parties
thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Issuer to the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes under the Securities Act. 

  
 -24- 












 “Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

 “Regulation S Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, bearing the Global Note
Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Regulation S.

 “Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of
the Trustee, including any managing director, director, vice president, assistant vice president, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be
such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this
Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture. 
 “Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement
Legend. 
 “Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 

“Restricted Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in
Regulation S. 
 “Restricted Subsidiary” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not
then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon an Unrestricted Subsidiary’s ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.” 

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services and any successor to its rating agency business. 

“Sale and Lease-Back Transaction” means any arrangement providing for the
leasing by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for a period of more than three years of any Principal Property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Issuer or such Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation
of such leasing. 
 “SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated
thereunder. 

  
 -25- 












 “Security Agreement” means the amended and restated Security Agreement,
dated as of March 2, 2009, by and among the Issuer, the subsidiary grantors named therein and the First Lien Collateral Agent, as the same may be further amended, restated or modified from time to time, to which the Trustee, as Authorized
Representative for the Holders, will be joined on the Issue Date. 
 “Security Documents” means, collectively, the
Intercreditor Agreements, the Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreement, the Additional First Lien Secured Party Consent, other security agreements relating to the Collateral and the mortgages and instruments filed and recorded in the appropriate
jurisdictions to preserve and protect the Liens on the Collateral (including, without limitation, financing statements under the Uniform Commercial Code of the relevant states) applicable to the Collateral, each as in effect on the Issue Date and as
amended, amended and restated, modified, renewed or replaced from time to time. 
 “Senior Credit Facilities” means the ABL
Facility and the General Credit Facility. 
 “Senior Indebtedness” means: 

(1) all Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities, the Existing First Priority
Notes and the Notes and related Guarantees (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or similar proceeding or for reorganization of the Issuer or any Guarantor (at the rate provided for in the documentation
with respect thereto, regardless of whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings)), and any and all other fees, expense reimbursement obligations, indemnification amounts, penalties, and other amounts (whether
existing on the Issue Date or thereafter created or incurred) and all obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor to reimburse any bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid under letters of credit, acceptances or other similar instruments; 

(2) all Hedging Obligations (and guarantees thereof) owing to a Lender (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities) or any
Affiliate of such Lender (or any Person that was a Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender at the time the applicable agreement giving rise to such Hedging Obligation was entered into); provided that such Hedging Obligations are permitted to be
incurred under the terms of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture; 
 (3) any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any
Guarantor permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any
related Guarantee; and 
 (4) all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1), (2) and (3);

 provided, however, that Senior Indebtedness shall not include: 

(a) any obligation of such Person to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries; 

(b) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person; 

(c) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business; 

  
 -26- 












 (d) any Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person which is subordinate
or junior in any respect to any other Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person; or 
 (e) that portion of any
Indebtedness which at the time of incurrence is incurred in violation of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture. 
 “Separate
Receivables Collateral” means the Receivables Collateral other than the Shared Receivables Collateral. 
 “Shared
Receivables Collateral” means the portion of the Receivables Collateral which secures the First Lien Obligations on a second priority basis pursuant to the Security Documents. 

“Shared Receivables Security Documents” means, collectively, the Additional Receivables Intercreditor Agreement, any security
agreement relating to the Shared Receivables Collateral, the control agreements and deposit agreements and the instruments filed and recorded in appropriate jurisdictions to preserve and protect the Liens on the Shared Receivables Collateral
(including, without limitation, financing statements under the Uniform Commercial Code of the relevant states) applicable to the Shared Receivables Collateral, each for the benefit of the First Lien Collateral Agent and the ABL Collateral Agent, as
in effect on November 17, 2006 and as amended, amended and restated, modified, renewed or replaced from time to time. 
 “Shelf
Registration Statement” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in any Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in
Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date. 

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means, with respect to the Notes, 

(1) any Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and 

(2) any Indebtedness of any Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of
the Notes. 
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person: 

(1) any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company
or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of
determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof or is consolidated under GAAP with such Person at such time; and 

(2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which more than 50% of the equity ownership,
whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise, is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof or is
consolidated under GAAP with such Person at such time; provided, however, that for purposes of Sections 4.09, 4.11(d) and 4.11(e), any Person that is an Affiliated Entity shall not be considered a Subsidiary. 

  
 -27- 












 “Subsidiary Guarantee” means any guarantee by a Subsidiary Guarantor of the
Issuer’s Obligations under this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture. 
 “Subsidiary Guarantor” means each Restricted
Subsidiary that Guarantees the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture. 
 “Thirty-First
Supplemental Indenture” means this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time. 

“Transfer Agent” means the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Transfer Agent, and any and all successors
thereto, to receive on behalf of the Registrar any Notes for transfer or exchange pursuant to this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture. 

“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any Redemption Date, the yield determined by the Issuer in accordance with the
following two paragraphs. 
 The Treasury Rate shall be determined by the Issuer after 4:15 p.m., New York City time (or after such time as
yields on U.S. government securities are posted daily by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), on the third business day preceding the redemption date based upon the yield or yields for the most recent day that appear after such
time on such day in the most recent statistical release published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System designated as “Selected Interest Rates (Daily)—H.15” (or any successor designation or publication)
(“H.15”) under the caption “U.S. government securities–Treasury constant maturities–Nominal” (or any successor caption or heading). In determining the Treasury Rate, the Issuer shall select, as applicable: (1) the
yield for the Treasury constant maturity on H.15 exactly equal to the period from the redemption date to the Par Call Date (the “Remaining Life”); or (2) if there is no such Treasury constant maturity on H.15 exactly equal to the
Remaining Life, the two yields – one yield corresponding to the Treasury constant maturity on H.15 immediately shorter than and one yield corresponding to the Treasury constant maturity on H.15 immediately longer than the Remaining Life –
and shall interpolate to the Par Call Date on a straight-line basis (using the actual number of days) using such yields and rounding the result to three decimal places; or (3) if there is no such Treasury constant maturity on H.15 shorter than
or longer than the Remaining Life, the yield for the single Treasury constant maturity on H.15 closest to the Remaining Life. For purposes of this paragraph, the applicable Treasury constant maturity or maturities on H.15 shall be deemed to have a
maturity date equal to the relevant number of months or years, as applicable, of such Treasury constant maturity from the redemption date. 

If on the third Business Day preceding the redemption date H.15 or any successor designation or publication is no longer published, the Issuer
shall calculate the Treasury Rate based on the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity at 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the second business day preceding such redemption date of the United States Treasury security
maturing on, or with a maturity that is closest to, the Par Call Date, as applicable. If there is no United States Treasury security maturing on the Par Call Date but there are two or more United States Treasury securities with a maturity date
equally distant from the Par Call Date, one with a maturity date preceding the Par Call Date and one with a maturity date following the Par Call Date, the Issuer shall select the United States Treasury security with a maturity date preceding the Par
Call Date. If there are two or more United States Treasury securities maturing on the Par Call Date or two or more United States Treasury securities meeting the criteria of the preceding sentence, the Issuer shall select from among these two or more
United States Treasury securities the United States Treasury security that is trading closest to par based 

  
 -28- 












 
upon the average of the bid and asked prices for such United States Treasury securities at 11:00 a.m., New York City time. In determining the Treasury Rate in accordance with the terms of this
paragraph, the semi-annual yield to maturity of the applicable United States Treasury security shall be based upon the average of the bid and asked prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) at 11:00 a.m., New York City time, of such
United States Treasury security, and rounded to three decimal places. 
 “Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture
Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb). 
 “Trustee” means Delaware Trust Company (as successor
to Law Debenture Trust Company of New York), as trustee, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. 

“Unrestricted Definitive Note” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private
Placement Legend. 
 “Unrestricted Global Note” means a permanent Global Note, substantially in the form of Exhibit A
attached hereto, that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary,
representing Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. 
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means: 

(1) any Subsidiary of the Issuer which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Issuer,
as provided below); and 
 (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

The Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to
be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than solely any Subsidiary
of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that 
 (1) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which the
Equity Interests entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or Persons performing a similar function are owned, directly or indirectly, by the
Issuer; and 
 (2) each of: 

(a) the Subsidiary to be so designated; and 

(b) its Subsidiaries 

has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or
indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary. 

  
 -29- 












 The Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided
that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either: 

(1) the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least
2.00 to 1.00; or 
 (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than
such ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation. 

Any such designation by the Issuer shall be notified by the Issuer to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution
of the board of directors of the Issuer or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions. 

“U.S. Person” means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act. 

“Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in
the election of the board of directors of such Person. 
 “Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of
such Person, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person. 

Section 1.02 Other Definitions. 
  

			
	 Term
	  	Defined in
Section
	 “Acceptable Commitment”
	  	4.08
	 “Authentication Order”
	  	2.02
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	4.07
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	4.07
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	4.07
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	8.03
	 “DTC”
	  	2.03
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	8.02
	 “Note Register”
	  	2.03
	 “Parent Guaranteed Obligations”
	  	12.07
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.03
	 “Ratings Event”
	  	4.10
	 “Redemption Date”
	  	3.07
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.03
	 “Reversion Date”
	  	4.10
	 “Second Commitment”
	  	4.07
	 “Successor Entity”
	  	5.01
	 “Successor Person”
	  	5.01
	 “Suspended Covenant”
	  	4.10


  
 -30- 












 Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. 

Whenever this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture refers to a provision of the Trust Indenture Act the provision is by reference in and made a
part of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture. If and to the extent that any provision of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision included in this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, by
operation of Sections 310 to 317, inclusive, of the Trust Indenture Act, as amended (an “incorporated provision”), such incorporated provision shall control. 

The following Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture have the following meanings: 

“indenture securities” mean the Notes; 

“indenture security Holder” means a Holder of a Note; 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture; 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and 

“obligor” on the Notes and the Guarantees means the Issuer, the Guarantors and any successor obligor upon the Notes
and the Guarantees, respectively. 
 All other terms used in this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture that are defined by the Trust
Indenture Act, defined by Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the Trust Indenture Act have the meanings so assigned to them. 

Section 1.04 Rules of Construction. 

Unless the context otherwise requires: 

(a) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 

(b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 

(c) “or” is not exclusive; 

(d) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 

(e) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command; 

(f) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; 

(g) references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or
successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time; 

  
 -31- 












 (h) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an
“Article,” “Section” or “clause” refers to an Article, Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture; and 

(i) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this
Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision. 
 In addition, this
Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture restates in their entirety the terms of the Base Indenture as supplemented by this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture and does not incorporate the terms of the Base Indenture. The changes, modifications and
supplements to the Base Indenture effected by this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture shall be applicable only with respect to, and shall only govern the terms of, the Notes, except as otherwise provided herein, and shall not apply to any other
securities that may be issued under the Base Indenture unless a supplemental indenture with respect to such other securities specifically incorporates such changes, modifications and supplements. 

Section 1.05 Acts of Holders. 

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Thirty-First Supplemental
Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing. Except as herein otherwise expressly
provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments or record or both are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer or the Guarantors, as applicable. Proof of execution of any
such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or the holding by any Person of a Note, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture and (subject to Section 7.01) conclusive in favor of the Trustee
and the Issuer and the Guarantors, as applicable, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.05. 
 (b) The fact and date of the
execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that
the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by or on behalf of any legal entity other than an individual, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute proof of the
authority of the Person executing the same. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient. 

(c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register. 

(d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note shall bind every future
Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon,
whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note. 
 (e) The Issuer may, in the circumstances permitted by the Trust Indenture
Act, set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to give any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or take any other act, or to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent
authorized or permitted to be given or taken by Holders. Unless otherwise specified, if not set by the Issuer prior to the first solicitation of a Holder made by any Person in respect of any such action, or in the case of any such vote, prior to
such vote, any such record date shall be the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee prior to such solicitation. 

  
 -32- 












 (f) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with
regard to any particular Note may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents, each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such
principal amount. Any notice given or action taken by a Holder or its agents with regard to different parts of such principal amount pursuant to this paragraph shall have the same effect as if given or taken by separate Holders of each such
different part. 
 (g) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including DTC that is the Holder of a Global Note, may
make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders,
and DTC that is the Holder of a Global Note may provide its proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of interests in any such Global Note through such depositary’s standing instructions and customary practices. 

(h) The Issuer may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons who are beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note held
by DTC entitled under the procedures of such depositary to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Thirty-First
Supplemental Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders, which record date for the avoidance of doubt need not be the record date specified in Trust Indenture Act Section 316(c). If such a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record
date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after
such record date. No such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be valid or effective if made, given or taken more than 90 days after such record date. 

ARTICLE 2 
 THE NOTES 

In accordance with Section 301 of the Base Indenture, the Issuer hereby creates the Notes as a series of its Securities issued pursuant
to this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture. In accordance with Section 301 of the Base Indenture, the Notes shall be known and designated as the “3 5/8% Senior Secured Notes due 2032” of the Issuer. 

Section 2.01 Form and Dating; Terms. 

(a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A
hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rules or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of
$1,000 in excess thereof. 
 (b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A
hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (but
without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such of the 

  
 -33- 












 
outstanding Notes as shall be specified in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto and each shall provide that it shall represent up to the
aggregate principal amount of Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and
redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the
Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof. 
 (c) Terms. The
aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture is unlimited. 

(d) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and
“Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the
Regulation S Global Notes that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream. 
 The terms and provisions contained in the Notes
shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture and the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, expressly agree to such
terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, the provisions of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture shall govern
and be controlling. 
 The Notes shall be subject to repurchase by the Issuer pursuant to a Change of Control Offer as provided in
Section 4.07 hereof. The Notes shall not be redeemable, other than as provided in Article 3. 
 Additional Notes may be created and
issued from time to time by the Issuer without notice to or consent of the Holders and shall be consolidated with and form a single class with the Initial Notes and shall have the same terms as to status, redemption or otherwise as the Initial
Notes. Except as described under Article 9 hereof, the Notes offered by the Issuer and any Additional Notes subsequently issued under this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture will be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Thirty-First
Supplemental Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. Unless the context requires otherwise, references to “Notes” for all purposes of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture include any Additional
Notes that are actually issued. Any Additional Notes shall be issued with the benefit of an indenture supplemental to this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture. 

Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication. 

At least one Officer shall execute the Notes on behalf of the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature. 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be
valid. 
 A Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any
purpose until authenticated substantially in the form provided for in Exhibit A attached hereto, by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been duly authenticated and delivered
under this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture. 

  
 -34- 












 On the Issue Date, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order (an
“Authentication Order”), authenticate and deliver the Initial Notes. In addition, at any time, from time to time, the Trustee shall upon an Authentication Order authenticate and deliver any (i) Additional Notes and
(ii) Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes (as such term is defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) for issue only in an Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange (as such term is defined in the Registration Rights Agreement), respectively,
pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement, for a like principal amount of Initial Notes. Such Authentication Order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated. 

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent (“Authenticating Agent”) acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes. An
Authenticating Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An Authenticating Agent has the same
rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuer. 
 Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent. 

The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange
(“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes (“Note Register”) and of their transfer and
exchange. The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the
term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a
party to this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture. If the Issuer fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

 The Issuer initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global
Notes. 
 The Issuer initially appoints Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas to act as the Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent for
the Notes and the Registrar to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes. 
 Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in
Trust. 
 The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in
trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuer in
making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment
over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Issuer or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit
of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Issuer, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 

  
 -35- 












 Section 2.05 Holder Lists. 

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses
of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least two Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times
as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Issuer shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act
Section 312(a). 
 Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange. 

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the
Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be exchanged by
the Issuer for Definitive Notes if: 
 (A) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that the Depositary
is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 120 days after the date of such
notice from the Depositary; 
 (B) the Issuer in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in
part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee; or 
 (C) there
has occurred and is continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes, and the Depositary has notified the Issuer and the Trustee of its desire to exchange the Global Notes for Definitive Notes. 

Upon the occurrence of either of the preceding events in (A) or (B) above, Definitive Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial
interests therein will be registered in the names, and shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Sections
2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Sections 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form
of, and shall be, a Global Note, except for Definitive Notes issued subsequent to any of the precedent events in (A) or (B) above and pursuant to Section 2.06(c), (e) or (f) hereof. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note
other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a); provided, however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof. 

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global
Notes will be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on
transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well
as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable: 

  
 -36- 












 (i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in
any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend;
provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial
Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be
delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i). 
 (ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of
Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) hereof, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either
(A) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note
in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or
(B) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial
interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred
to in (1) above; provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt
by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903. Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been
satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or
exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to
Section 2.06(h) hereof. 
 (iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any
Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and the
Registrar receives the following: 

  
 -37- 












 (A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial
interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit D hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; or 

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the
transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit D hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof. 
 (iv)
Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii)
hereof and: 
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration
Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer,
(2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer; 

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights
Agreement; 
 (C) such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in
accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 

(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or 

(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a
Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit D hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion
of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer
required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 

  
 -38- 












 If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time
when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an
aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above. 

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form
of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. 
 (c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes. 

(i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon the
occurrence of any of the events in paragraph (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a
Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof; 

(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the
form of Exhibit D hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (C) if such beneficial interest is
being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, including the certifications in
item (2) thereof; 
 (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 

(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, a certificate
substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 
 (F) if such
beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 

  
 -39- 












 the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be
reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive
Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial
interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note
issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein. 

(ii) Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Global Note to Definitive Notes. Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(i)(A) and (C) hereof, a
beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period. 

(iii) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only upon the occurrence
of any of the events in subsection (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and if: 
 (A) such exchange or transfer
is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter
of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer; 

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights
Agreement; 
 (C) such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in
accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 

(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an
Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or 

(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a
Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

  
 -40- 












 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar
so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer
contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 

(iv) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of
any of the events in subsection (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to
be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any
Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall
instruct the Registrar through instructions from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note
issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend. 
 (d)
Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests. 
 (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to
Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who
takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 

(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof; 

(B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially
in the form of Exhibit D hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (C) if such Restricted
Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, including the
certifications in item (2) thereof; 
 (D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 

  
 -41- 












 (E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Issuer or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 

(F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the
Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 

the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of
clause (A) above, the applicable Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the applicable 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, the applicable Regulation S Global Note. 

(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted
Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note
only if: 
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration
Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution
of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer; 
 (B) such transfer
is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (C) such
transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 

(D) the Registrar receives the following: 

(1) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global
Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or 

(2) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the
form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion
of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer
required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 

  
 -42- 












 Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this
Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. 

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted
Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time.
Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes. 

If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraph (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or
(iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more
Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred. 
 (e)
Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar will register the transfer or
exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form
satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder must provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to
the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e); 
 (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive
Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following: 

(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate
substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (B) if the
transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904 then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit D hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or 

(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then
the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit D hereto, including the certifications required by item (3) thereof, if applicable. 

(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by
the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if: 

  
 -43- 












 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in
accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person
participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer; 

(B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights
Agreement; 
 (C) any such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in
accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 

(1) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a
certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or 

(2) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery
thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to
the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance
with the Securities Act. 
 (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of
Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted
Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof. 
 (f) Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of
an Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Unrestricted
Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are
not broker-dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of any Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Unrestricted
Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not broker-dealers,
(y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes,
the Trustee shall 

  
 -44- 












 
cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Persons
designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the applicable principal amount. Any Notes that remain outstanding after the consummation of an Exchange Offer, and Exchange Notes issued in connection with
an Exchange Offer, shall be treated as a single class of securities under this Indenture. 
 (g) Legends. 

(i) Private Placement Legend. 

(A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor
or substitution therefor) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form: 
 “THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF,
U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON
AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT WITHIN [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR] [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS] AFTER
THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY EXCEPT (A) TO THE
ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 903
OR RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES
ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE ISSUER SO REQUESTS), OR (F) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A
NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.” 

(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(iv), (c)(iii), (c)(iv), (d)(ii),
(d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend. 

  
 -45- 












 (ii) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the
following form: 
 “THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE THIRTY-FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS
NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION
2.06 OF THE THIRTY-FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE THIRTY-FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE
FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE THIRTY-FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE
OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE
DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK)
(“DTC”) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC
(AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE
REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.” 
 (h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At
such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or cancelled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to
or retained and cancelled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in
the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by
the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note,
such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 

  
 -46- 












 (i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges. 

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global
Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request. 

(ii) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note
for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental
charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.07, 2.10, 3.06, 4.07 and 9.05 hereof). 
 (iii) Neither the
Registrar nor the Issuer shall be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 

(iv) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive
Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or
exchange. 
 (v) The Issuer shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes
during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or
to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a Record Date and the next succeeding
Interest Payment Date. 
 (vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any
Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including Additional Interest, if
any) on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 

(vii) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Issuer designated pursuant to
Section 4.02 hereof, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like
aggregate principal amount. 
 (viii) At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized
denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Global Notes or Definitive Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute, and the
Trustee shall authenticate and mail, the replacement Global Notes and Definitive Notes which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof. 

  
 -47- 












 (ix) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be
submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile. 

Section 2.07 Replacement Notes. 

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, the Registrar or the Issuer and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the
ownership and destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or
the Issuer, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, any Agent and any Authenticating Agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a
Note is replaced. The Issuer and/or the Trustee may charge for their expenses in replacing a Note. 
 Every replacement Note is a
contractual obligation of the Issuer and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 

Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes. 

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for
cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a
Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note. 
 If a Note is replaced pursuant to
Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser. 

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases
to accrue. 
 If the Paying Agent (other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a Redemption Date or
Maturity Date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest. 

Section 2.09 Treasury Notes. 

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned
by the Issuer, or by any Affiliate of the Issuer, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that
a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to
deliver any such direction, waiver or consent with respect to the Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer or any obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer or of such other obligor. 

  
 -48- 












 Section 2.10 Temporary Notes. 

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order,
shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.
Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. 

Holders and beneficial holders, as the case may be, of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits accorded to Holders, or
beneficial holders, respectively, of Notes under this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture. 
 Section 2.11 Cancellation. 

The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any
Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer,
exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall destroy cancelled Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the destruction of all cancelled Notes shall be delivered to the Issuer. The Issuer
may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 
 Section 2.12
Defaulted Interest. 
 If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any
lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Issuer shall
notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount
proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons
entitled to such defaulted interest as provided in this Section 2.12. The Trustee shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior
to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer of such special record date. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Issuer (or, upon the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee
in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) shall mail or cause to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder a notice at his or her address as it appears in the Note Register that states the special record date, the related payment
date and the amount of such interest to be paid. 
 Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12 and for greater certainty,
each Note delivered under this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such
other Note. 

  
 -49- 












 Section 2.13 CUSIP and ISIN Numbers. 

The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP and/or ISIN numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP and/or
ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of
redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer will as promptly as practicable notify
the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP or ISIN numbers. 
 Section 2.14 Additional First Lien Secured Party Consent. 

In connection with, and contemporaneous with, the execution, authentication and delivery of the Initial Notes, the Trustee is hereby directed
and authorized to, and shall, to execute and deliver the Additional First Lien Secured Party Consent substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C. In so doing, the Trustee is acting solely pursuant to the foregoing direction and
shall have no responsibility for the contents of such Additional First Lien Secured Party Consent; and in and executing and delivering such instrument, and with respect to any action (or forbearance of action) pursuant hereto, or matters otherwise
arising thereunder (or under any of the agreements described therein), the Trustee shall have all of the rights, protections, indemnities and other benefits provided or available to it under this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture and the Base
Indenture. Without limiting the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, it is hereby expressly acknowledged that the Trustee has no responsibility for any modifications appearing in the form of Additional First Lien Secured Party Consent attached
hereto as Exhibit C as it may differ from the form of Additional First Lien Secured Party Consent attached to the Security Agreement, including without limitation to the extent the former may deviate from any applicable terms or requirements
of the Security Agreement. 
 ARTICLE 3 

REDEMPTION 
 Section 3.01
Notices to Trustee. 
 If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee and
the Registrar and Paying Agent, at least 2 Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to Section 3.03 hereof but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, an
Officer’s Certificate setting forth (i) the clause of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture or the subparagraph of such Note pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the Redemption Date; (iii) the principal amount of
Notes to be redeemed, (iv) the redemption price (or the method of calculating it) and (v) each place that payment will be made upon presentation and surrender of the Notes to be redeemed. 

Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased. 

If less than all of the Notes, are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Registrar and Paying Agent shall
select the Notes to be redeemed or purchased (a) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed, (b) on a pro
rata basis or (c) by lot or by such other method in accordance with the procedures of DTC. In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased shall be selected, unless otherwise provided
herein, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Registrar and Paying Agent from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase. 

  
 -50- 












 The Registrar and Paying Agent shall promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the Notes
selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of $2,000 or whole
multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; no Notes of $2,000 or less can be redeemed in part, except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not $2,000 or
a multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions
of Notes called for redemption or purchase. 
 Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption. 

The Issuer shall mail or cause to be mailed by first-class mail notices of redemption at least 10 days but not more than 60 days before the
Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the
notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 13 hereof. Except as set forth in Section 3.07(c) hereof, notices of redemption may not be conditional. 

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state: 

(a) the Redemption Date; 

(b) the redemption price (or method of calculating it); 

(c) if any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the portion of the principal amount of that Note that is to be redeemed; 

(d) the place and address that payment will be made upon presentation and surrender of the Notes to be redeemed; 

(e) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 

(f) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 

(g) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to
accrue on and after the Redemption Date; 
 (h) the paragraph or subparagraph of the Notes and/or Section of this
Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; 
 (i) that no
representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP and/or ISIN number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and 

(j) if in connection with a redemption pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, any condition to such redemption. 

  
 -51- 












 At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the
Issuer’s name and at its expense; provided that the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 2 Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to this
Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding
paragraph. 
 Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption. 

Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and
payable on the Redemption Date at the redemption price (except as provided for in Section 3.07(c) hereof). The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives
such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note.
Subject to Section 3.05 hereof, on and after the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption. 

Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price. 

Prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the redemption or purchase date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying
Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to
the Issuer any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased. 

If the Issuer complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest shall cease to
accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption
or purchase date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of
the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest accrued to the redemption
or purchase date not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. 

Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part. 

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at
the expense of the Issuer a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed or purchased; provided that each new Note will be in
a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. It is understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture to the contrary, only an Authentication Order and not an Opinion of Counsel
or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate such new Note. 

  
 -52- 












 Section 3.07 Optional Redemption. 

(a) Except as set forth below, the Issuer will not be entitled to redeem Notes at its option prior to the Maturity Date. 

(b) Prior to December 15, 2031 (three months prior to their Maturity Date) (the “Par Call Date”), the Issuer may redeem
the Notes at its option, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount and rounded to three decimal places) equal to the greater of: 

(i) (A) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon discounted to the
redemption date (assuming the Notes to be redeemed matured on the Par Call Date) (the “Redemption Date”) on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate plus 30 basis points, less (B) interest accrued to the Redemption Date, and 

(ii) 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, 

plus, in either case, accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Redemption Date. 

On or after the Par Call Date, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, at a redemption price
equal to 100% of the principal amount of each Note to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes to be redeemed to, but not including, such Redemption Date. 

(c) Any notice of any redemption may be given prior to the redemption thereof, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer’s
discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of an equity offering or other corporate transaction. 

(d) If the Issuer redeems less than all of the Notes issued by it at any time, the Registrar and Paying Agent will select the Notes to be
redeemed in the manner described under Section 3.02 hereof. 
 (e) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made
pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 
 Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption. 

The Issuer shall not be required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 

ARTICLE 4 
 COVENANTS 

Section 4.01 Payment of Notes. 

The Issuer shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, and interest on the Notes on the
dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary, holds as of noon Eastern
Time on the due date money deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. 

  
 -53- 












 The Issuer shall pay all Additional Interest, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in
the amounts set forth in any Registration Rights Agreement. 
 The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any
proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law)
on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. 

Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency. 

The Issuer shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or
an Affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes
and this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture may be served. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any
such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 

The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any
or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan in
the City of New York, for such purposes. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 

The Issuer hereby designates the office of the Registrar at the address specified in Section 14.02 hereof (or such other address as to
which the Registrar may give notice to the Holders and the Issuer) as one such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof. 

Section 4.03 Compliance Certificate. 

(a) The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year ending after the Issue Date, an Officer’s
Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Issuer has kept,
observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, and further stating, as to such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and
fulfilled each and every condition and covenant contained in this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Thirty-First Supplemental
Indenture (or, if a Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto). 

(b) When any Default has occurred and is continuing under this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, or if the Trustee or the holder of any
other evidence of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary gives any notice or takes any other action with respect to a claimed Default, the Issuer shall promptly (which shall be no more than thirty days) deliver to the Trustee by registered or
certified mail or by facsimile transmission an Officer’s Certificate specifying such event and what action the Issuer proposes to take with respect thereto. 

  
 -54- 












 Section 4.04 Taxes. 

The Issuer shall pay, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and
governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate negotiations or proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 

Section 4.05 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. 

The Issuer and each Guarantors covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in
any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture;
and the Issuer and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant that they shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the
execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 

Section 4.06 Corporate Existence. 

Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Issuer, and so long as any Notes in respect of which Guarantees have been Outstanding, each such Guarantor,
shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence, partnership or other existence of each of its Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational rights (charter or
statutory), licenses and franchises; provided that neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor shall be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, if the Issuer shall in good faith determine that the preservation thereof is no longer
desirable in the conduct of the business of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, and this Section 4.06 shall not restrict the right of any Person to change its entity form or to merge with or consolidate into any other Person to
the extent not otherwise prohibited by this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture. 
 Section 4.07 Offer to Repurchase upon Change of
Control. 
 (a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect
to all the outstanding Notes as described under Section 3.07 hereof, the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a price in cash (the
“Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes of record on the relevant Record
Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer shall send notice of such Change of Control Offer by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee and the Registrar, to
each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register with a copy to the Trustee and the Registrar or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, with the following information: 

  
 -55- 












 (1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this
Section 4.07 and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Issuer; 

(2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such
notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”); 
 (3) that any Note not properly tendered will
remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest; 
 (4) that unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of
Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date; 

(5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such
Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the paying agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third
Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date; 
 (6) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their tendered
Notes and their election to require the Issuer to purchase such Notes, provided that the paying agent receives, not later than the close of business on the 30th day following the date of the Change of Control notice, a telegram, facsimile
transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased; 

(7) Holders tendering less than all of their Notes will be issued new Notes and such new Notes will be equal in principal
amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof; and 

(8) the other instructions, as determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Section 4.07, that a Holder must follow.

 The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives
such notice. If (a) the notice is mailed in a manner herein provided and (b) any Holder fails to receive such notice or a Holder receives such notice but it is defective, such Holder’s failure to receive such notice or such defect
shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the purchase of the Notes as to all other Holders that properly received such notice without defect. The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule
14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of
Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.07, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to
have breached its obligations under this Section 4.07 by virtue thereof. 

  
 -56- 












 (b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent permitted by law,

 (1) accept for payment all Notes issued by it or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control
Offer; 
 (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all
Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and 
 (3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the
Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer. 

(c) The Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of
Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.07 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn
under such Change of Control Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the
Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer. 
 (d) Other than as specifically provided in this
Section 4.07, any purchase pursuant to this Section 4.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.02, 3.05 and 3.06 hereof. 

Section 4.08 [Reserved]. 

Section 4.09 Release of Collateral and Guarantees Upon a Ratings Event. 

(a) If on any date following the Issue Date (i) each of the Rating Agencies shall have issued an Investment Grade Rating with respect to
both the Notes and the “corporate family rating” (or comparable designation) for the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture (the
occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “Ratings Event”), all Collateral securing the Notes shall be released in accordance with the terms set forth herein
and in the the Security Documents. Concurrently with the release of Collateral upon a Ratings Event, the Guarantees of each Subsidiary Guarantor will be automatically and unconditionally released. 

Section 4.10 Discharge and Suspension of Covenants. 

(a) If on any date following the Issue Date a Ratings Event occurs, the Issuer and the Subsidiaries will not be subject to Section 4.07
hereof (the “Suspended Covenant”). 
 (b) In the event that the Issuer and the Subsidiaries are not subject to the
Suspended Covenant under this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “Reversion Date”) one or both of the Rating Agencies (1) withdraw their
Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to either the Notes or the “corporate family rating” (or comparable designation) for the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries below an Investment Grade Rating and/or (2) the
Issuer or any of its Affiliates enters into an agreement to effect a transaction that would result in a Change of Control and one or more of the Rating Agencies indicate that if consummated, such transaction (alone or together with any related
recapitalization or refinancing transactions) would cause such Rating Agency to withdraw its Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the ratings assigned to either the Notes or the “corporate family rating” (or comparable designation) for the
Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Issuer and the Subsidiaries shall thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenant under this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture with respect to future events,
including, without limitation, a proposed transaction described in clause (2) above. 
 (c) In the event of any such reinstatement, no
action taken or omitted to be taken by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries prior to such reinstatement shall give rise to a Default or Event of Default under this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture with respect to Notes. 

  
 -57- 












 Section 4.11 Certain Covenants. 

(a) [Reserved] 
 (b) [Reserved]

 (c) Limitations on Mortgages. 
  

	 	(i)	 Nothing in this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture or in the Notes shall in any way restrict or prevent the
Issuer, the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary from incurring any Indebtedness, provided, however, that neither the Issuer nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries will issue, assume or guarantee any indebtedness secured by Mortgages
(other than Permitted Liens) upon any Principal Property, unless the Notes shall be secured equally and ratably with (or prior to) such Indebtedness. 


  

	 	(ii)	 The provisions of Section 4.11(c)(1) shall not apply to: 



(1) Mortgages securing all or any part of the purchase price of property acquired or cost of construction of property or cost
of additions, substantial repairs, alterations or improvements or property, if the Indebtedness and the related Mortgages are incurred within 18 months of the later of the acquisition or completion of construction and full operation or additions,
repairs, alterations or improvements; 
 (2) Mortgages existing on property at the time of its acquisition by the Issuer or a
Subsidiary or on the property of a Person at the time of the acquisition of such Person by the Issuer or a Subsidiary (including acquisitions through merger or consolidation); 

(3) Mortgages to secure Indebtedness on which the interest payments to Holders of the related indebtedness are excludable from
gross income for federal income tax purposes under Section 103 of the Code; 
 (4) Mortgages in favor of the Issuer or
any Subsidiary; 
 (5) Mortgages existing on the date of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture; 

(6) Mortgages in favor of a government or governmental entity that (i) secure Indebtedness which is guaranteed by the
government or governmental entity, (ii) secure Indebtedness incurred to finance all or some of the purchase price or cost of construction of goods, products or facilities produced under contract or subcontract for the government or governmental
entity, or (iii) secure Indebtedness incurred to finance all or some of the purchase price or cost of construction of the property subject to the Mortgage; 

  
 -58- 












 (7) Mortgages incurred in connection with the borrowing of funds where such
funds are used to repay within 120 days after entering into such Mortgage, Indebtedness in the same principal amount secured by other Mortgages on Principal Property with at least the same appraised fair market value; and 

(8) any extension, renewal, replacement, refunding or refinancing of any Mortgage referred to in clauses (1) through (7)
above or this clause (8), provided the amount secured is not increased (except in an amount equal to accrued interest on the Indebtedness being extended, renewed, replaced or refinanced and fees and expenses (including tender, redemption, prepayment
or repurchase premiums) incurred in connection therewith), and such extension, renewal or replacement Mortgage relates to the same property. 

(d) Limitations on Sale and Lease-Back Transactions. 

(1) Neither the Issuer nor any Subsidiary will enter into any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction with respect to any Principal
Property with another Person (other than with the Issuer or a Subsidiary) unless either: 
 (2) the Issuer or such Subsidiary
could incur indebtedness secured by a mortgage on the property to be leased without equally and ratably securing the Notes; or 

(3) within 120 days, the Issuer applies the greater of the net proceeds of the sale of the leased property or the fair value of
the leased property, net of all Notes delivered under this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, to the voluntary retirement of Funded Debt and/or the acquisition or construction of a Principal Property. 

(e) Exempted Transactions. 

(1) Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 4.11(c) and 4.11(d), if the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all
Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries that is subject to and not otherwise permitted under these restrictions does not exceed 15% of the Consolidated Total Assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, then: 

(2) the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may issue, assume or guarantee Indebtedness secured by Mortgages; and 

(3) the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may enter into any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction. 

(f) Effectiveness. For the avoidance of doubt, Sections 4.11(c), (d) and (e) shall not be effective or applicable to the Issuer or
its Subsidiaries unless and until the occurrence of one of the events specified in Section 4.11(a) or Section 4.11(b). 

  
 -59- 












 ARTICLE 5 

SUCCESSORS 
 Section 5.01
Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets. 
 (a) The Issuer shall not consolidate with or merge into or
transfer or lease all or substantially all of its assets to (including, in each case, by way of division and whether or not the Issuer is the surviving corporation) any Person unless: 

(1) either: (x) the Issuer is the surviving corporation; or (y) the Person formed by or surviving any such
consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such transfer or lease will have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Issuer or the laws of the United States, any
state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Entity”) expressly assumes, pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments
in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, all obligations of the Issuer under the Notes and this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture as if such Successor Entity were a party to this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture; 

(2) after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default, and no event which, after notice or lapse of time or both,
would become an Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing; 
 (3) if, as a result of any such consolidation or
merger or such conveyance, transfer or lease, properties or assets of the Issuer would become subject to a mortgage, pledge, lien, security interest or other encumbrance that would not be permitted by this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, the
Issuer or such Successor Entity or Person, as the case may be, shall take such steps as shall be necessary effectively to secure all the Notes equally and ratably with (or prior to) all indebtedness secured thereby;

(4) each Subsidiary Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case
Section 5.01(b)(1)(B) hereof shall apply, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Subsidiary Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture and the Notes; 

(5) the Collateral owned by the Successor Entity will (a) continue to constitute Collateral under this Thirty-First
Supplemental Indenture and the Security Documents, (b) be subject to a Lien in favor of the First Lien Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and (c) not be subject to any other Lien, other than Liens
securing First Lien Obligations, Liens securing ABL Obligations, Permitted Liens and other Liens permitted under Section 4.09; 

(6) to the extent any assets of the Person which is merged or consolidated with or into the Successor Entity are assets of the
type which would constitute Collateral under the Security Documents, the Successor Entity will take such action as may be reasonably necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the Security Documents in the manner
and to the extent required in this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture or any of the Security Documents and shall take all reasonably necessary action so that such Lien is perfected to the extent required by the Security Documents; and 

  
 -60- 












 (7) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer or lease and such supplemental indenture, if any, comply with this Section 5.01 and that all conditions precedent provided for in this
Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with. 
 (b) [Reserved]. 

(c) [Reserved]. 

Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted. 

Upon any consolidation or merger, or transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in accordance with
Section 5.01 hereof, the Successor Entity shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Thirty-First Supplemental
Indenture referring to the Issuer shall refer instead to the Successor Entity and not to the Issuer), and may exercise every right and power of the Issuer under this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture with the same effect as if such successor
Person had been named as the Issuer herein; provided that the predecessor Issuer shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes except in the case of a sale,
assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all of the Issuer’s assets that meets the requirements of Section 5.01 hereof. 

ARTICLE 6 
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 Section 6.01 Events of Default. 

(a) An “Event of Default” wherever used herein, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of
Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body): 

(1) default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any,
on the Notes; 
 (2) default for a period of 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest or Additional Interest on or
with respect to the Notes; 
 (3) default in any deposit of any sinking fund payment in respect of the Notes when and as due
by the terms of the Notes; 
 (4) default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or warranty of the Issuer in this
Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture (other than a covenant or warranty in whose performance or whose breach is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with), and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 60 days after there has
been given written notice by the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder; 

  
 -61- 












 (5) the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant
Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: 

(i) commences proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent; 

(ii) consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or
answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under applicable Bankruptcy Law; 
 (iii) consents to the appointment of a
receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of it or for all or substantially all of its property; 

(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or 

(v) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; 

(6) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 

(i) is for relief against the Issuer, in a proceeding in which the Issuer is to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent; 

(ii) appoints a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Issuer, or for all or
substantially all of the property of the Issuer; or 
 (iii) orders the liquidation of the Issuer; 

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; 

(7) the Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null
and void or any responsible officer of any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary, as the case may be, denies that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of this
Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture; or 

(8) to the extent applicable, with respect to any Collateral having a fair market value in excess of $300.0 million,
individually or in the aggregate, (a) the security interest under the Security Documents, at any time, ceases to be in full force and effect for any reason other than in accordance with the terms of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, the
Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements, (b) any security interest created thereunder or under this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture is declared invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction or (c) the Issuer
or any Subsidiary Guarantor asserts, in any pleading in any court of competent jurisdiction, that any such security interest is invalid or unenforceable. 

  
 -62- 












 Section 6.02 Acceleration. 

(a) If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (5) or (6) of Section 6.01(a) hereof) occurs
and is continuing under this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes may declare the principal amount of all the then outstanding Notes to be
due and payable immediately. Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal and interest shall be due and payable immediately. The Trustee shall have no obligation to accelerate the Notes if and so long as a committee of its Responsible
Officers in good faith determines acceleration is not in the best interest of the Holders of the Notes. 
 (b) Notwithstanding the
foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under clause (5) or (6) of Section 6.01(a) hereof, all outstanding Notes shall be due and payable immediately without further action or notice. 

(c) The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee may
on behalf of all of the Holders rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except nonpayment of principal, interest or premium that has become
due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived. 
 Section 6.03 Other Remedies. 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if
any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture. 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay
or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are
cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 
 Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults. 

Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the
Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences hereunder, except a past Default in the payment (a) in principal of, premium if any, Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any Note, or in the payment of any
sinking fund installment with respect to the Notes, or (b) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which pursuant to Article 9 hereof cannot be modified or amended, without the consent of Holders of each outstanding Note affected);
provided, subject to Section 6.02 hereof, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted
from such acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture; but no such waiver shall
extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. 

  
 -63- 












 Section 6.05 Control by Majority. 

Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes may
direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or
this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. 

Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits. 

Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and subject to Section 6.07 hereof, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with
respect to this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture or the Notes unless: 
 (1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee
notice that an Event of Default is continuing; 
 (2) Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the total outstanding
Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 
 (3) Holders of the Notes have offered the Trustee security or
indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense; 
 (4) the Trustee has not complied with such
request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and 
 (5) Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. 

A Holder of a Note may not use this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a
preference or priority over another Holder of a Note. 
 Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment. 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of
principal and premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with a Change of Control Offer), or to bring suit for the enforcement of
any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 

Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee. 

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover
judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and,
to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 

  
 -64- 












 Section 6.09 Restoration of Rights and Remedies. 

If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture and
such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceedings, the Issuer, the Trustee and the
Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding has been instituted. 

Section 6.10 Rights and Remedies Cumulative. 

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.07
hereof, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition
to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of
any other appropriate right or remedy. 
 Section 6.11 Delay or Omission Not Waiver. 

No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall
impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often
as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be. 
 Section 6.12 Trustee May File Proofs of
Claim. 
 Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers
or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes
allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes, including the Guarantors), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to participate as a member in any official committee of
creditors appointed in such matter and to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such
payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the
Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any
other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends,
money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the
Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the
claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 

  
 -65- 












 Section 6.13 Priorities. 

Subject to the Security Documents, the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following
order: 
 (i) to the Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar, Transfer Agent, their agents and attorneys for amounts due under
Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent and the costs and expenses of collection; 

(ii) to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if
any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal and premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, respectively; and 

(iii) to the Issuer or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct, including a Guarantor, if applicable.

 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.13. 

Section 6.14 Undertaking for Costs. 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for
any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including
reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.14 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a
Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 

ARTICLE 7 
 TRUSTEE 

Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee. 

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this
Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture
and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture against the
Trustee; and 

  
 -66- 












 (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively
rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture. However, in the
case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of
this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture. 
 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own
negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of
paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01; 
 (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good
faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved in a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 

(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a
direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof. 
 (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this
Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01. 

(e) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture at the
request or direction of any of the Holders of the Notes unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. 

(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money
held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 Section 7.02 Rights of
Trustee. 
 (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by
the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall
determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer and shall incur no liability or additional
liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation. 
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an
Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with
counsel of its selection and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in
reliance thereon. 

  
 -67- 












 (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for
the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care. 
 (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it
takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture. 

(e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the
Issuer shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Issuer. 
 (f) None of the provisions of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture
shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise to incur any liability, financial or otherwise, in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable
grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not assured to it. 

(g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual
knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture. 

(h) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever
(including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. 

(i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be
indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder. 

(j) In the event the Issuer is required to pay Additional Interest, the Issuer will provide written notice to the Trustee of the Issuer’s
obligation to pay Additional Interest no later than 15 days prior to the next Interest Payment Date, which notice shall set forth the amount of the Additional Interest to be paid by the Issuer. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely conclusively and
exclusively upon any and each such notice received, and shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holders to determine whether the Additional Interest is payable and the amount thereof. 

Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee. 

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or any
Affiliate of the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue
as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof. 

  
 -68- 












 Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer. 

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Thirty-First Supplemental
Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, it
shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in
connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture other than its certificate of authentication. 

Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults. 

If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default
within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default if and so long as a committee
of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes. The Trustee shall not be deemed to know of any Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge
thereof or unless written notice of any event which is such a Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 

Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes. 

Within 60 days after each May 15, beginning with the May 15 following the date of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, and for
so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) (but if no event described in Trust Indenture Act
Section 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all
reports as required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c). 
 A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes
shall be mailed to the Issuer and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(d). The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any
stock exchange. 
 Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity. 

The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation for its acceptance of this
Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture and services hereunder as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer and the
Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the
reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel. 

  
 -69- 












 The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee for, and
hold the Trustee harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims, liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder
(including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture against the Issuer or any Guarantor (including this Section 7.07) or defending itself against any claim whether asserted by any Holder or the Issuer or any
Guarantor, or liability in connection with the acceptance, exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder). The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so
notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel. The Issuer need not reimburse
any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith. 

The obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this
Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture or the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee. 
 To secure the payment obligations of the Issuer
and the Guarantees in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall
survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture. 
 When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services
after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(5) or (6) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of
administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 
 The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2) to
the extent applicable. As used in this Section 7.07, the term “Trustee” shall also include each of the Paying Agent, Registrar, and Transfer Agent, as applicable. 

Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee. 

A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s
acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08. The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and the Registrar, Paying Agent and Transfer Agent may resign with 90 days prior written notice and be discharged from the trust hereby
created by so notifying the Issuer. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuer in writing and may remove the Registrar, Paying Agent or Transfer Agent
by so notifying such Registrar, Paying Agent or Transfer Agent, as applicable, with 90 days prior written notice. The Issuer may remove the Trustee if: 

(a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof; 

(b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any
Bankruptcy Law; 
 (c) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 

(d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a
successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer. 

  
 -70- 












 If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee
resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee (at the Issuer’s expense), the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a
successor Trustee. 
 If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply
with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon, the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of
its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in
Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 

As used in this Section 7.08, the term “Trustee” shall also include each of the Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent, as
applicable. 
 Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. 

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another
corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee. 
 Section 7.10 Eligibility;
Disqualification. 
 There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation or national banking association organized and
doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has
a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. 
 This
Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of Trust Indenture Act Sections 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b). 

Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer. 

The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act
Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 

Section 7.12 Appointment of Authenticating Agent. 

  
 -71- 












 The Trustee hereby appoints Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as Authenticating Agent for
the Notes pursuant to Section 2.02 hereof. The Issuer hereby confirms that the appointment of such Authentication Agent is acceptable to it. By its execution and delivery of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture as Paying Agent, Registrar
and Transfer Agent below, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas hereby accepts such appointment has, and agrees to perform the duties of Authenticating Agent hereunder. 

ARTICLE 8 
 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND
COVENANT DEFEASANCE 
 Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 

The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof applied to all outstanding Notes upon
compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8. 
 Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge. 

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuer and the
Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes and the Guarantees on the date the conditions set
forth below are satisfied (“Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall
thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all its other
obligations under such Notes and this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture including that of the Guarantors (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the
following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: 
 (a) the rights of Holders of
Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture referred to in Section 8.04
hereof; 
 (b) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.02 hereof; 

(c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s obligations in connection
therewith; and 
 (d) this Section 8.02. 

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise
of its option under Section 8.03 hereof. 

  
 -72- 












 Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance. 

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuer shall, subject
to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from its obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.06, 4.07 and 4.11 hereof and Section 5.01 hereof with respect to the
outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (“Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any
direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that
such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuer may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term,
condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other
document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected
thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(a)(3),
6.01(a)(5), 6.01(a)(6) and 6.01(a)(7) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default. 
 Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant
Defeasance. 
 The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding
Notes: 
 In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the Notes: 

(1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S.
dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest due on the
Notes on the stated Maturity Date or on the Redemption Date, as the case may be, of such principal, premium, if any, or interest on such Notes, and the Issuer must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular
Redemption Date; 
 (2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel
reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, 
 (a) the Issuer has
received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or 
 (b) since the
issuance of the Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law, 
 in either case to the effect that, and based
thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the beneficial owners of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such
Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 

  
 -73- 












 (3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to
the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a
result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 

(4) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the
Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuer or any Guarantor or others; and 

(5) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of
Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with. 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 8.04(1) or 13.01(2), in connection with any Legal Defeasance, Covenant Defeasance or
discharge related to the Notes involving a redemption of Notes on or prior to the Par Call Date, the amount deposited shall be sufficient to the extent equal, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants to the
redemption price calculated as of the date of deposit, provided that any deficit in such redemption price calculated as of the date of redemption, together with accrued and unpaid interest to such redemption date, shall be required to be deposited
with the Trustee on or prior to the date of redemption in accordance with Section 3.05, and any excess in such redemption price deposit shall be returned to the Issuer on such redemption date. 

Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. 

Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other
qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with
the provisions of such Notes and this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer or a Guarantor acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such
Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or Government
Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 

Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the written
request of the Issuer any money or Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof
delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(2) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 

  
 -74- 












 Section 8.06 Repayment to Issuer. 

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium
and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its request or (if
then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all
liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease. 
 Section 8.07 Reinstatement. 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.04 or
8.05 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuer’s obligations under this Thirty-First Supplemental
Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.04 or 8.05 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with
Section 8.04 or 8.05 hereof, as the case may be; provided that, if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer
shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

ARTICLE 9 
 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT
AND WAIVER 
 Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes. 

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 hereof, the Issuer, any Guarantor (with respect to a Guarantee or this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture
to which it is a party) and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, any Security Document, any Guarantee or Notes without the consent of any Holder: 

(1) to evidence the succession of another corporation to the Issuer and the assumption by such successor of the covenants of
the Issuer in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture; or 
 (2) to add
to the covenants for the benefit of the Holders, to make any change that does not materially and adversely affect legal rights of any Holder (as determined by the Issuer and certified to Trustee) or to surrender any right or power herein conferred
upon the Issuer; or 
 (3) to add any additional Events of Default; or 

(4) to change or eliminate any of the provisions of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, provided that any such
change or elimination shall become effective only when there are no outstanding Notes created prior to the execution of such supplemental indenture that is entitled to the benefit of such provision and as to which such supplemental indenture would
apply; or 

  
 -75- 












 (5) to add a Guarantor to the Notes; or 

(6) to supplement any of the provisions of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture to such extent necessary to permit or
facilitate the defeasance and discharge of the Notes, provided that any such action does not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of the Notes in any material respect; or 

(7) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee and to add to or change any of
the provisions of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts by more than one Trustee; or 

(8) to cure any ambiguity to correct or supplement any provision of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture or the Security
Documents which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision; or 
 (9) to change any place or places where
the principal of and premium, if any, and interest, if any, on the Notes shall be payable, the Notes may be surrendered for registration or transfer, the Notes may be surrendered for exchange, and notices and demands to or upon the Issuer may be
served; or 
 (10) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this
Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act; or 
 (11) to provide for the issuance of Exchange Notes
or Private Exchange notes, which are identical to Exchange Notes except that they are not freely transferable; or 
 (12) to
conform the text of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of the Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision in such “Description of
the Notes” section was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes; or 

(13) to make any amendment to the provisions of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture relating to the transfer and legending
of Notes as permitted by this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, including, without limitation to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided, however, that (i) compliance with this Thirty-First
Supplemental Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to
transfer Notes; or 
 (14) to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant any other Lien in favor of the Trustee or the First Lien
Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, as additional security for the payment and performance of all or any portion of the Obligations, in any property or assets, including any which are required to be mortgaged, pledged or
hypothecated, or in which a Lien is required to be granted to or for the benefit of the Trustee or the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, any of the Security Documents or otherwise; or 

  
 -76- 












 (15) to release Collateral from the Lien of this Thirty-First Supplemental
Indenture and the Security Documents when permitted or required by the Security Documents or this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture; or 

(16) to add Additional First Lien Secured Parties or additional ABL Secured Parties, to any Security Documents in accordance
with such Security Documents. 
 Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the
execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or
supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter
into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel shall be required in connection with the
addition of a Guarantor under this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture upon execution and delivery by such Guarantor and the Trustee of a supplemental indenture to this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit
B hereto, and delivery of an Officer’s Certificate. 
 Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes. 

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Issuer and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Thirty-First Supplemental
Indenture, any Guarantee or any Security Document and the Notes with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding voting as a single class (including,
without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of
Default in the payment of the principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Thirty-First
Supplemental Indenture, the Guarantees, the Security Documents or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class
(including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Section 2.08 hereof and Section 2.09 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for the
purposes of this Section 9.02. 
 Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the
execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in
Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this
Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture. 

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed
amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. The consent of the First Lien Collateral Agent shall not be necessary for any amendment, supplement or waiver to this Thirty-First Supplemental
Indenture, except for any amendment, supplement or waiver to Article 10 or 11 or as to this sentence. 

  
 -77- 












 After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the
Issuer shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the
validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver. 
 Without the consent of each affected Holder of Notes, an amendment or
waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder): 

(1) change the stated maturity of the principal of, or installment of interest, if any, on, the Notes, or reduce the principal
amount thereof or the interest thereon or any premium payable upon redemption thereof; 
 (2) change the currency in which
the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on such Notes are denominated or payable; 
 (3) adversely affect the
right of repayment or repurchase, if any, at the option of the Holder after such obligation arises, or reduce the amount of, or postpone the date fixed for, any payment under any sinking fund or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement
of any payment on or after the stated maturity thereof (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date); 

(4) reduce the percentage of Holders whose consent is required for modification or amendment of this Thirty-First Supplemental
Indenture or for waiver of compliance with certain provisions of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture or certain defaults;

(5) modify the provisions that require Holder consent to modify or amend this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture or that
permit Holders to waive compliance with certain provisions of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture or certain defaults; 

(6) make any change to or modify the ranking of the Notes or the subordination of the Liens with respect to the Notes that
would adversely affect the Holders; or 
 (7) except as expressly permitted by this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture,
modify the Guarantees of any Significant Subsidiary in any manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes. 
 (8) In addition,
without the consent of the Holders of at least 75% in aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not release all or substantially all of the Collateral securing such Notes, except as otherwise
permitted under the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture or the Security Documents. 
 Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture
Act. 
 Every amendment or supplement to this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in an amended or
supplemental indenture that complies with the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect. 

  
 -78- 












 Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents. 

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a
Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a
Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms
and thereafter binds every Holder; provided that any amendment or waiver that requires the consent of each affected Holder shall not become effective with respect to any non-consenting Holder. 

The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any
amendment, supplement, or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to
such amendment, supplement, or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date
unless the consent of the requisite number of Holders has been obtained. 
 Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer in
exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 Section 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. 

The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not
adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Issuer may not sign an amendment, supplement or waiver until the board of directors approves it. In executing any amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall
be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 14.04 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the
execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and any Guarantors
party thereto, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel will be required for
the Trustee to execute any amendment or supplement adding a new Guarantor under this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture. 

Section 9.07 Payment for Consent. 

Neither the Issuer nor any Affiliate of the Issuer shall, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of
interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to all Holders and
is paid to all 

  
 -79- 












 
Holders that so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement; provided that the foregoing shall not apply
to the extent required, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer after consultation with counsel, to enable the Issuer to effect such transaction in reliance on an exemption from SEC registration 

ARTICLE 10 
 RANKING OF NOTE LIENS

 Section 10.01 Relative Rights. 

The Intercreditor Agreements define the relative rights, as lienholders, of holders of ABL Obligations, Junior Lien Obligations and First Lien
Obligations. Nothing in this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture or the Intercreditor Agreements will: 
 (a) impair, as
between the Issuer and Holders of Notes, the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of, premium and interest on such Notes in accordance with their terms or to perform any other obligation of the Issuer or
any Guarantor under this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees and the Security Documents; 
 (b)
restrict the right of any Holder to sue for payments that are then due and owing, in a manner not inconsistent with the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements; 

(c) prevent the Trustee or any Holder from exercising against the Issuer or any Guarantor any of its other available remedies
upon a Default or Event of Default (other than its rights as a secured party, which are subject to the Intercreditor Agreements); or 

(d) restrict the right of the Trustee or any Holder: 

(i) to file and prosecute a petition seeking an order for relief in an involuntary bankruptcy case as to the Issuer or any
Guarantor or otherwise to commence, or seek relief commencing, any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding involuntarily against the Issuer or any Guarantor; 

(ii) to make, support or oppose any request for an order for dismissal, abstention or conversion in any Insolvency or
Liquidation Proceeding; 
 (iii) to make, support or oppose, in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, any request for an
order extending or terminating any period during which the debtor (or any other Person) has the exclusive right to propose a plan of reorganization or other dispositive restructuring or liquidation plan therein; 

(iv) to seek the creation of, or appointment to, any official committee representing creditors (or certain of the creditors) in
any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding and, if appointed, to serve and act as a member of such committee without being in any respect restricted or bound by, or liable for, any of the obligations under this Article 10; 

(v) to seek or object to the appointment of any professional person to serve in any capacity in any Insolvency or Liquidation
Proceeding or to support or object to any request for compensation made by any professional person or others therein; 

  
 -80- 












 (vi) to make, support or oppose any request for order appointing a trustee
or examiner in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding; or 
 (vii) otherwise to make, support or oppose any request for
relief in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding that it is permitted by law to make, support or oppose: 
 (x) as if it
were a holder of unsecured claims; or 
 (y) as to any matter relating to any plan of reorganization or other restructuring
or liquidation plan or as to any matter relating to the administration of the estate or the disposition of the case or proceeding (in each case set forth in this clause (vii) except as set forth in the Intercreditor Agreements). 

ARTICLE 11 
 COLLATERAL 

Section 11.01 Security Documents. 

Prior to a Ratings Event, the payment of the principal of and interest and premium, if any, on the Notes when due, whether on an Interest
Payment Date, at maturity, by acceleration, repurchase, redemption or otherwise and whether by the Issuer pursuant to the Notes or by any Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to its Subsidiary Guarantee, the payment of all other Obligations and the
performance of all other obligations of the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors under this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees and the Security Documents are secured as provided in the Security Documents and
will be secured by Security Documents hereafter delivered as required or permitted by this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture. Prior to a Ratings Event, the Issuer shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary Guarantor to, and each Subsidiary Guarantor
shall, do all filings (including filings of continuation statements and amendments to Uniform Commercial Code financing statements that may be necessary to continue the effectiveness of such Uniform Commercial Code financing statements) and all
other actions as are necessary or required by the Security Documents to maintain (at the sole cost and expense of the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors) the security interest created by the Security Documents in the Collateral as a perfected
security interest, subject only to Liens permitted by this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture. 
 Section 11.02 First Lien
Collateral Agent. 
 (a) The First Lien Collateral Agent shall have all the rights and protections provided in the Security Documents.

 (b) Subject to Section 7.01 hereof, neither the Trustee nor Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent nor any of their respective
officers, directors, employees, attorneys or agents will be responsible or liable for the existence, genuineness, value or protection of any Collateral, for the legality, enforceability, effectiveness or sufficiency of the Security Documents, for
the creation, perfection, priority, sufficiency or protection of any First Priority Lien, or any defect or deficiency as to any such matters. 

(c) Subject to the Security Documents, the Trustee shall direct the First Lien Collateral Agent from time to time. Subject to the Security
Documents, except as directed by the Trustee as required or permitted by this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture and any other representatives, the Holders acknowledge that the First Lien Collateral Agent will not be obligated: 

  
 -81- 












 (i) to act upon directions purported to be delivered to it by any other
Person; 
 (ii) to foreclose upon or otherwise enforce any First Priority Lien; or 

(iii) to take any other action whatsoever with regard to any or all of the First Priority Liens, Security Documents or
Collateral. 
 (d) If the Issuer (i) incurs ABL Obligations at any time when no Intercreditor Agreement is in effect with respect to
such obligations or at any time when Indebtedness constituting ABL Obligations entitled to the benefit of the Intercreditor Agreements is concurrently retired, and (ii) delivers to the First Lien Collateral Agent an Officer’s Certificate
so stating and requesting the First Lien Collateral Agent to enter into an intercreditor agreement (on substantially the same terms as the applicable Intercreditor Agreements in effect on the Issue Date) in favor of a designated agent or
representative for the holders of the ABL Obligations so incurred, the Holders acknowledge that the First Lien Collateral Agent is hereby authorized and directed to enter into such intercreditor agreement, bind the Holders on the terms set forth
therein and perform and observe its obligations thereunder. 
 (e) If the Issuer (i) incurs Junior Lien Obligations at any time when no
Additional General Intercreditor Agreement is in effect or at any time when Indebtedness constituting Junior Lien Obligations entitled to the benefit of the Additional General Intercreditor Agreement is concurrently retired, and (ii) delivers
to the First Lien Collateral Agent an Officer’s Certificate so stating and requesting the First Lien Collateral Agent to enter into an Additional General Intercreditor Agreement (on terms no less favorable, taken as a whole, to the First Lien
Secured Parties than the terms under the 2012 Additional General Intercreditor Agreement) with the designated agent or representative for the holders of the Junior Lien Obligations so incurred, the Holders acknowledge that the First Lien Collateral
Agent is hereby authorized and directed to enter into such intercreditor agreement, bind the Holders on the terms set forth therein and perform and observe its obligations thereunder. 

Section 11.03 Authorization of Actions to Be Taken. 

(a) Each Holder of Notes, by its acceptance thereof, consents and agrees to the terms of each Security Document, as originally in effect and
as amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time in accordance with its terms or the terms of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, authorizes and directs the Trustee to enter into the Security Documents to which it is a party, authorizes
and directs the Trustee to execute and deliver the Additional First Lien Secured Party Consent, authorizes and empowers the Trustee, through such Additional First Lien Secured Party Consent, to appoint the First Lien Collateral Agent on the terms
thereof and authorizes and empowers the Trustee and (through the Additional First Lien Secured Party Consent) the First Lien Collateral Agent to bind the Holders of Notes and other holders of First Lien Obligations as set forth in the Security
Documents to which they are a party and the Intercreditor Agreements, including, without limitation, the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights and powers thereunder. 

(b) The Trustee is authorized and empowered to receive for the benefit of the Holders of Notes any funds collected or distributed to the
Trustee under the Security Documents to which the Trustee is a party and, subject to the terms of the Security Documents, to make further distributions of such funds to the Holders of Notes according to the provisions of this Thirty-First
Supplemental Indenture. 

  
 -82- 












 (c) Subject to the provisions of Section 7.01, Section 7.02, and the Security
Documents, the Trustee may, in its sole discretion and without the consent of the Holders, direct, on behalf of the Holders, the First Lien Collateral Agent to take all actions it deems necessary or appropriate in order to: 

(i) foreclose upon or otherwise enforce any or all of the First Priority Liens; 

(ii) enforce any of the terms of the Security Documents to which the First Lien Collateral Agent or Trustee is a party; or 

(iii) collect and receive payment of any and all Obligations. 

Subject to the Intercreditor Agreements and at the Issuer’s sole cost and expense, the Trustee is authorized and empowered to institute
and maintain, or direct the First Lien Collateral Agent to institute and maintain, such suits and proceedings as it may deem reasonably expedient to protect or enforce the First Priority Liens or the Security Documents to which the First Lien
Collateral Agent or Trustee is a party or to prevent any impairment of Collateral by any acts that may be unlawful or in violation of the Security Documents or this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as the Trustee
may deem reasonably expedient, at the Issuer’s sole cost and expense, to preserve or protect its interests and the interests of the Holders of Notes in the Collateral, including power to institute and maintain suits or proceedings to restrain
the enforcement of or compliance with any legislative or other governmental enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would impair the security
interest hereunder or be prejudicial to the interests of Holders or the Trustee. 
 Section 11.04 Release of Collateral. 

(a) Collateral may be released from the Lien and security interest created by the Security Documents at any time or from time to time in
accordance with the provisions of the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreements. In addition, upon the request of the Issuer pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel certifying that all conditions precedent hereunder
have been met, the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors will be entitled to the release of assets included in the Collateral from the Liens securing the Notes, and the First Lien Collateral Agent and the Trustee (if the Trustee is not then the First
Lien Collateral Agent) shall release the same from such Liens at the Issuer’s sole cost and expense, under any one or more of the following circumstances: 

(1) to enable the Issuer to consummate the sale, transfer or other disposition of such property or assets (other than to the
Issuer or a Guarantor); 
 (2) in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor that is released from its Guarantee with respect to the
Notes pursuant to the terms of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, the release of the property and assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor; 

(3) to the extent that such Collateral is released or no longer required to be pledged pursuant to the terms of the General
Credit Facility; 
 (4) the occurrence of a Ratings Event; or 

(5) as described in Article 9 hereof. 

(b) For the avoidance of doubt, (1) the Lien on the Collateral created by the Security Documents securing the New First Lien Obligations
shall automatically be released and discharged under the circumstances set forth in, and subject to, Section 2.04 of the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and (2) the Lien on the Shared Receivables Collateral created by the Security
Documents securing the New First Lien Obligations shall automatically be released and discharged under the circumstances set forth in, and 

  
 -83- 












 
subject to, Section 2.4(b) of the Additional Receivables Intercreditor Agreement. Any certificate or opinion required by Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act may be made by an
Officer of the Company, except in cases where Section 314(d) requires that such certificate or opinion be made by an independent engineer, appraiser or other expert. 

(c) To the extent necessary and for so long as required for such Subsidiary not to be subject to any requirement pursuant to Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act to file separate financial statements with the SEC (or any other governmental agency), the Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of
the Issuer (excluding Healthtrust, Inc. — The Hospital Company, a Delaware corporation and its successors and assigns) shall not be included in the Collateral with respect to the Notes and shall not be subject to the Liens securing the Notes
and the New First Lien Obligations. 
 (d) The Liens on the Collateral securing the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees also will be
released automatically upon (i) payment in full of the principal of, together with accrued and unpaid interest on, and premium, if any, on, the Notes and all other Obligations under this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, the Subsidiary
Guarantees and the Security Documents that are due and payable at or prior to the time such principal, together with accrued and unpaid interest, are paid or (ii) a legal defeasance or covenant defeasance under Article 8 hereof or a discharge
under Article 13 hereof. 
 (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Issuer and its Subsidiaries shall not be required to
comply with all or any portion of Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act if they determine, in good faith based on advice of counsel, that under the terms of that section and/or any interpretation or guidance as to the meaning thereof of the
SEC and its staff, including “no action” letters or exemptive orders, all or any portion of Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act is inapplicable to the release of Collateral. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel shall be required for any release of Collateral pursuant to
clause (3) above unless the Trustee is being requested to take an action in connection therewith, including but not limited to, executing any instrument evidencing such release. 

Section 11.05 Filing, Recording and Opinions. 

(a) The Issuer will comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Sections 314(b) and 314(d), in each case following qualification of this
Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act, except to the extent not required as set forth in any SEC regulation or interpretation (including any no-action letter issued by the
Staff of the SEC, whether issued to the Issuer or any other Person). Following such qualification, to the extent the Issuer is required to furnish to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel pursuant to Trust Indenture Act Section 314(b)(2), the
Issuer will furnish such opinion not more than 60 but not less than 30 days prior to each September 30. 
 (b) Any release of Collateral
permitted by Section 11.04 hereof will be deemed not to impair the Liens under this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture and the Security Documents in contravention thereof and any person that is required to deliver an Officer’s Certificate
or Opinion of Counsel pursuant to Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act shall be entitled to rely upon the foregoing as a basis for delivery of such certificate or opinion. The Trustee shall, to the extent permitted by Section 7.01 and
7.02 hereof, accept as conclusive evidence of compliance with the foregoing provisions the appropriate statements contained in such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. 

  
 -84- 












 (c) If any Collateral is released in accordance with this Thirty-First Supplemental
Indenture or any Security Document, the Trustee will determine whether it has received all documentation required by Trust Indenture Act Section 314(d) in connection with such release and, based on such determination and the Opinion of Counsel
delivered pursuant to Section 11.04(a), will, upon request, deliver a certificate to the First Lien Collateral Agent and the Issuer setting forth such determination. 

(d) [Reserved]. 

Section 11.06 Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee. 

In case the Collateral shall be in the possession of a receiver or trustee, lawfully appointed, the powers conferred in this Article 11 upon
the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor with respect to the release, sale or other disposition of such property may be exercised by such receiver or trustee, and an instrument signed by such receiver or trustee shall be deemed the equivalent of any
similar instrument of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor or of any officer or officers thereof required by the provisions of this Article 11; and if the Trustee or the First Lien Collateral Agent shall be in the possession of the Collateral under
any provision of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, then such powers may be exercised by the Trustee or the First Lien Collateral Agent, as the case may be. 

Section 11.07 Release upon Termination of the Issuer’s Obligations. 

In the event (i) that the Issuer delivers to the Trustee, in form and substance acceptable to it, an Officer’s Certificate and
Opinion of Counsel certifying that all the Obligations under this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, the Notes and the Security Documents have been satisfied and discharged by the payment in full of the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes,
this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture and the Security Documents, and all such Obligations have been so satisfied, or (ii) a discharge, legal defeasance or covenant defeasance of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture occurs under Article
8 or 13, the Trustee shall deliver to the Issuer and the First Lien Collateral Agent a notice stating that the Trustee, on behalf of the Holders, disclaims and gives up any and all rights it has in or to the Collateral, and any rights it has under
the Security Documents, and upon receipt by the First Lien Collateral Agent of such notice, the First Lien Collateral Agent shall be deemed not to hold a Lien in the Collateral on behalf of the Trustee, and the Trustee shall (and direct the First
Lien Collateral Agent to) do or cause to be done, at the Issuer’s sole cost and expense, all acts reasonably necessary to release such Lien as soon as is reasonably practicable. 

Section 11.08 Designations. 

Except as provided in the next sentence, for purposes of the provisions hereof and the Intercreditor Agreements requiring the Issuer to
designate Indebtedness for the purposes of the terms ABL Obligations, First Lien Obligations and other Junior Lien Obligations or any other such designations hereunder or under the Intercreditor Agreements, any such designation shall be sufficient
if the relevant designation provides in writing that such ABL Obligations, First Lien Obligations or other Junior Lien Obligations are permitted under this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture and is signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer and
delivered to the Trustee, the Junior Lien Collateral Agent, the First Lien Collateral Agent and the ABL Collateral Agent. For all purposes hereof and the Intercreditor Agreements, the Issuer hereby designates the Obligations pursuant to the ABL
Facility as in effect on the Issue Date as ABL Obligations. 

  
 -85- 












 ARTICLE 12 

GUARANTEES 
 Section 12.01
Subsidiary Guarantee. 
 Subject to this Article 12, each of the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, fully and
unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, the Notes
or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that: (a) the principal of, interest, premium on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the
overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and
thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal,
whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Subsidiary Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same
immediately. Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection. 
 The Subsidiary
Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any
waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or
equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding
first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Subsidiary Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Thirty-First Supplemental
Indenture. 
 Each Subsidiary Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees)
incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 12.01. 
 If any Holder or the Trustee is required by
any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Subsidiary Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or
such Holder, this Subsidiary Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. 
 Each
Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Subsidiary Guarantor
further agrees that, as between the Subsidiary Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the
purposes of this Subsidiary Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such
obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Subsidiary Guarantors for the purpose of this Subsidiary Guarantee. The Subsidiary Guarantors shall have the
right to seek contribution from any non-paying Subsidiary Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Subsidiary Guarantees. 

  
 -86- 












 Each Subsidiary Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective
should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part
of the Issuer’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced
in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes or Subsidiary Guarantees, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not
been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded,
reduced, restored or returned. 
 In case any provision of any Subsidiary Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the
validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
 The Subsidiary
Guarantee issued by any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be a senior obligation of such Subsidiary Guarantor and will be secured by a first-priority lien on the Non-Receivables Collateral (other than certain pledged
stock as described in Section 11.04(c)) and by a second-priority lien on the Shared Receivables Collateral. The Subsidiary Guarantees shall rank equally in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of the Subsidiary
Guarantor but, to the extent of the value of the Collateral, will be effectively senior to all of the Subsidiary Guarantor’s unsecured Senior Indebtedness and Junior Lien Obligations and, to the extent of the Shared Receivables Collateral, will
be effectively subordinated to the Subsidiary Guarantor’s Obligations under the ABL Facility and any future ABL Obligations. The Subsidiary Guarantees will be senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness of
each Subsidiary Guarantor. The Notes will be structurally subordinated to Indebtedness and other liabilities of Subsidiaries of the Issuer that do not Guarantee the Notes. 

Each payment to be made by a Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of its Subsidiary Guarantee shall be made without
set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature. 
 As used in this
Section 12.01, the term “Trustee” shall also include each of the Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent, as applicable. 

Prior to a Ratings Event, within 30 days of any Restricted Subsidiary becoming a guarantor under the General Credit Facility, such Restricted
Subsidiary shall become a guarantor of the Notes by executing and delivering a Supplemental Indenture in the form of Exhibit B hereto. 

Section 12.02 Limitation on Subsidiary Guarantor Liability. 

Each Subsidiary Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the
Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent
applicable to any Subsidiary Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor shall be limited to the maximum amount
as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent 

  
 -87- 












 
and fixed liabilities of such Subsidiary Guarantor that are relevant under such laws and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on
behalf of any other Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Subsidiary Guarantor under this Article 12, result in the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent
conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. Each Subsidiary Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture to a
contribution from each other Subsidiary Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Subsidiary Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Subsidiary Guarantors at the time of such payment
determined in accordance with GAAP. 
 Section 12.03 Execution and Delivery. 

To evidence its Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in Section 12.01 hereof, each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that this Thirty-First
Supplemental Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Subsidiary Guarantor by its President, one of its Vice Presidents or one of its Assistant Vice Presidents. 

Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that its Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in Section 12.01 hereof shall remain in full force and
effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Subsidiary Guarantee on the Notes. 
 If an Officer whose
signature is on this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Subsidiary Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless. 

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Subsidiary Guarantee
set forth in this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture on behalf of the Subsidiary Guarantors. 
 Section 12.04
Subrogation. 
 Each Subsidiary Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuer in respect
of any amounts paid by any Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 12.01 hereof; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Subsidiary Guarantor shall be entitled to enforce or receive any
payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full. 

Section 12.05 Benefits Acknowledged. 

Each Subsidiary Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this
Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Subsidiary Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits. 

Section 12.06 Release of Guarantees. 

A Guarantee by a Subsidiary Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by such
Subsidiary Guarantor, the Issuer or the Trustee is required for the release of such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee, upon: 

  
 -88- 












 (1) (A) any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of the
Capital Stock of such Subsidiary Guarantor (including any sale, exchange or transfer), after which the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or all or substantially all the assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor; 

(B) the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Subsidiary Guarantor of the Senior Credit Facilities or such other
guarantee that resulted in the creation of such Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee; 

(C) the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance
with the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” hereunder; 
 (D) the occurrence of a Ratings Event; or 

(E) the exercise by the Issuer of its Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article 8 hereof
or the discharge of the Issuer’s obligations under this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, in accordance with the terms of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture; and 

(2) the Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel,
each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture relating to the applicable transaction have been complied with. 

Section 12.07 Parent Guarantee. 

(a) The Parent Guarantor hereby unconditionally guarantees the punctual payment when due, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or
otherwise, of all of the monetary obligations of the Issuer under this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture and the Notes, whether for principal or interest on the Notes, expenses, indemnification or otherwise (all such obligations of the Parent
Guarantor being herein referred to as the “Parent Guaranteed Obligations”). 
 (b) It is the intention of the Parent
Guarantor that the Parent Guarantee not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent
applicable to the Parent Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the amount guaranteed by the Parent Guarantor under the Parent Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all
other contingent and fixed liabilities of the Parent Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, result in the obligations of the Parent Guarantor under the Parent Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 

(c) The Parent Guarantor guarantees that the Parent Guaranteed Obligations will be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this
Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, regardless of any law, regulation or order now or hereafter in effect in any jurisdiction affecting any of such terms or the rights of Holders of the Notes with respect thereto. The liability of the Parent
Guarantor under the Parent Guarantee shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of: 

  
 -89- 












 (i) any lack of validity, enforceability or genuineness of any provision of
this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto; 
 (ii) any change
in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Parent Guaranteed Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture; 

(iii) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any collateral, or any release or
amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from any other guarantee, for all or any of the Parent Guaranteed Obligations; or 

(iv) any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Issuer or any
Guarantor. 
 (d) The Parent Guarantor covenants and agrees that its obligation to make payments of the Parent Guaranteed Obligations
hereunder constitutes an unsecured obligation of the Parent Guarantor ranking pari passu with all existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness of the Parent Guarantor that is not subordinated in right of payment to the Parent Guarantee.

 (e) The Parent Guarantor hereby waives promptness, diligence, notice of acceptance and any other notice with respect to the Parent
Guarantee and any requirement that the Trustee, or the Holders of any Notes protect, secure, perfect or insure any security interest or lien or any property subject thereto or exhaust any right or take any action against the Issuer or any other
Person or any collateral. 
 (f) The Parent Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any claims or other rights that it may now or hereafter
acquire against the Issuer that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of the Parent Guarantor’s obligations under the Parent Guarantee or this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, including, without limitation, any right
of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of the Trustee, or the Holders of any Notes against the Issuer or any collateral, whether or not such claim, remedy or
right arises in equity or under contract, statute or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from the Issuer, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or
in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim, remedy or right. If any amount shall be paid to the Parent Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence at any time prior to the cash payment in full of the Parent Guaranteed
Obligations and all other amounts payable under the Parent Guarantee, such amount shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of any Notes and shall forthwith be paid to the Trustee, to be credited and applied to the Parent
Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under the Parent Guarantee, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture and the Parent Guarantee, or be held as collateral for any Parent
Guarantor Obligations or other amounts payable under the Parent Guarantee thereafter arising. The Parent Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Thirty-First
Supplemental Indenture and the Parent Guarantee and that the waiver set forth in this Section 10.01 is knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits. 

(g) No failure on the part of the Trustee or any Holder of the Notes to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall
operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any
remedies provided by law. 
 (h) The Parent Guarantee is a continuing guarantee and shall (a) subject to paragraph 12.07(i), remain in
full force and effect until payment in full of the principal amount of all outstanding Notes (whether by payment at maturity, purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition) and all other applicable Parent Guaranteed Obligations
of the Parent Guarantor then due and owing, (b) be binding upon the Parent Guarantor, its successors and assigns, and (c) inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Trustee, any Holder of Notes, and by their respective successors,
transferees, and assigns. 

  
 -90- 












 (i) The Parent Guarantor will automatically and unconditionally be released from all Parent
Guarantee Obligations, and the Parent Guarantee shall thereupon terminate and be discharged and of no further force of effect, (i) upon any merger or consolidation of such Parent Guarantor with the Issuer, (ii) upon exercise by the Issuer
of its Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article 8 hereof or the discharge of the Issuer’s obligations under this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, in accordance with the terms of this Thirty-First
Supplemental Indenture, or (iii) upon payment in full of the aggregate principal amount of all Notes then outstanding and all other applicable Parent Guaranteed Obligations of the Parent Guarantor then due and owing. 

Upon any such occurrence specified in this paragraph 12.07(i), the Trustee shall execute upon request by the Issuer, any documents reasonably
required in order to evidence such release, discharge and termination in respect of the Parent Guarantee. Neither the Issuer nor the Parent Guarantor shall be required to make a notation on the Notes to reflect the Parent Guarantee or any such
release, termination or discharge. 
 (j) The Parent Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any
petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the
Issuer’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in
amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes or Parent Guarantee, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been
made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced,
restored or returned. 
 (k) The Parent Guarantor may amend the Parent Guarantee at any time for any purpose without the consent of the
Trustee or any Holder of the Notes; provided, however, that if such amendment adversely affects (a) the rights of the Trustee or (b) any Holder of the Notes, the prior written consent of the Trustee (in the case of (b),
acting at the written direction of the Holders of more than 50% in aggregate principal amount of Notes) shall be required. 
 ARTICLE 13 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 

Section 13.01 Satisfaction and Discharge. 

This Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect as to all Notes, when either: 

(1) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid
and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or 

  
 -91- 












 (2) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have
become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, shall become due and payable within one year or may be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of
notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of
the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient (subject to the last sentence of Section 8.04 of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture) without consideration of any
reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption; 

(C) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture; and 

(D) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the
Notes at maturity or the Redemption Date, as the case may be. 
 In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied. 

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, if money shall have been deposited with the
Trustee pursuant to subclause (A) of clause (2) of this Section 13.01, the provisions of Section 13.02 and Section 8.06 hereof shall survive. 

Section 13.02 Application of Trust Money. 

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 13.01 hereof shall be
held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the
Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium and Additional Interest, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other
funds except to the extent required by law. 
 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in
accordance with Section 13.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s or any
Guarantor’s obligations under this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 13.01 hereof; provided that if the Issuer has made any
payment of principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the
money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

  
 -92- 












 ARTICLE 14 

MISCELLANEOUS 
 Section 14.01
Trust Indenture Act Controls. 
 If any provision of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the
duties imposed by the Trust Indenture Act Section 318(c), the imposed duties shall control. 
 Section 14.02 Notices. 

Any notice or communication by the Issuer, any Guarantor, the First Lien Collateral Agent or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in
writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), fax or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, or, if acceptable to the Trustee, by email or other electronic means
(provided that the Trustee shall at all times have the right to require confirmation in writing delivered by other means described in this sentence, and the Trustee shall have no liability for acting upon such email or other electronic communication
notwithstanding any deviation in such subsequent confirmation), to the others’ address: 
 If to the Issuer and/ or any Guarantor: 

HCA Inc. 
 One Park Plaza 

Nashville, Tennessee 37203 
 Fax
No.: (615) 344-1600; Attention: Chief Legal Officer 
 Fax No.: (615)
344-1600; Attention: Treasurer 
 Email: John.Hackett@HCAHealthcare.com;
Michael.McAlevey@hcahealthcare.com 
 If to the Trustee: 

Delaware Trust Company 
 251
Little Falls Drive 
 Wilmington, Delaware 19808 

Attn: Corporate Trust Administration 

If to the Registrar, Paying Agent or Transfer Agent: 

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas 

1 Columbus Circle, 17th Floor 

Mailstop NYC01-1710 
 New York, NY
10019 
 Attn: Corporates Team Deal Manager—HCA Inc. 

The Issuer, any Guarantor or the First Lien Collateral Agent or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different
addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 

  
 -93- 












 All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have
been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five calendar days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed by first-class mail; when receipt acknowledged, if faxed; when receipt is acknowledged in
writing, if emailed or sent by other electronic means; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery; provided that any notice or communication delivered to the
Trustee shall be deemed effective upon actual receipt thereof. 
 Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first-class
mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person
described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c), to the extent required by the Trust Indenture Act. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. 

If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee
receives it. 
 If the Issuer mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same
time. 
 Section 14.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes. 

Holders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this
Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture or the Notes. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Trust Indenture Act Section 312(c). 

Section 14.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 

Upon any request or application by the Issuer or any of the Guarantors to the Trustee to take any action under this Thirty-First Supplemental
Indenture, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee: 
 (a) An Officer’s Certificate in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 14.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this
Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and 
 (b) An Opinion of Counsel in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 14.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied. 

Section 14.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. 

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture
(other than a certificate provided pursuant to Section 4.03 hereof or Trust Indenture Act Section 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 314(e) and shall include: 

  
 -94- 












 (a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or
condition; 
 (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions
contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such
examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with (and, in the case of an Opinion of Counsel, may be limited to reliance on an
Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact); and 
 (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition
or covenant has been complied with. 
 Section 14.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents. 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and
set reasonable requirements for its functions. 
 Section 14.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and
Stockholders. 
 No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor or any of their parent
companies (other than the Issuer and the Guarantors) shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees or this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of,
or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting the Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 

Section 14.08 Governing Law. 

THIS THIRTY-FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND ANY GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE
STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 Section 14.09 Waiver of Jury Trial. 

EACH OF THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL
RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS THIRTY-FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE GUARANTEE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 

Section 14.10 Force Majeure. 

In no event shall the Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance
of its obligations under this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism,
civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services. 

  
 -95- 












 Section 14.11 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 

This Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or its
Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture. 

Section 14.12 Successors. 

All agreements of the Issuer in this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the
Trustee and the Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent in this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors,
except as otherwise provided in Section 12.06 or 12.07(i) hereof. The provisions of Article 11 hereof referring to the First Lien Collateral Agent shall inure to the benefit of such First Lien Collateral Agent. 

Section 14.13 Severability. 

In case any provision in this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity,
legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
 Section 14.14 Legal
Holidays. 
 Notwithstanding any term herein to the contrary, if any Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date or Redemption Date shall not
be a Business Day, then payment of the interest or principal (and premium, if any) then due, as applicable, need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on such Interest
Payment Date, Maturity Date or Redemption Date, as the case may be, and, provided that the Issuer makes payment of such amount due in accordance with Section 4.01 hereof on or before such Business Day, no additional interest shall accrue on
such amount due for the period after such Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date or Redemption Date. 
 Section 14.15 Counterpart
Originals. 
 The parties hereto agree that this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture may be in the form of an Electronic Record and may
be executed using Electronic Signatures (including, without limitation, facsimile and .pdf) and shall be considered an original, and shall have the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a paper record. This Thirty-First Supplemental
Indenture may be executed in as many counterparts as necessary or convenient, including both paper and electronic counterparts, but all such counterparts are one and the same agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the authorization under this
paragraph may include, without limitation, use or acceptance by the parties of a manually signed paper Communication which has been converted into electronic form (such as scanned into PDF format), or an electronically signed Communication converted
into another format, for transmission (including without limitation by e-mail or telecopy), delivery and/or retention. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, except as provided above with
respect to the execution and delivery of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, the parties are under no obligation to accept an Electronic Signature in any form or in any format unless expressly agreed to by the parties pursuant to procedures,
if any, approved by them; provided, further, without limiting the foregoing, (a) to the extent the parties have agreed to accept such Electronic Signature, the parties shall be entitled to rely on any such Electronic Signature without further
verification and (b) upon the request of the parties any Electronic Signature shall be promptly followed by a manually executed, original counterpart. For purposes hereof, (x) “Communication” means this
Thirty-

  
 -96- 












 
First Supplemental Indenture and any document, amendment, approval, consent, information, notice, certificate, request, statement, disclosure or authorization related to this Thirty-First
Supplemental Indenture and (y) “Electronic Record” and “Electronic Signature” shall have the meanings assigned to them, respectively, by 15 USC §7006, as it may be amended from time to time. 

For the avoidance of doubt, and without limiting the foregoing, the Trustee shall be entitled (but not obliged) at any time or times to
accept, rely and act upon any instructions, directions, notices, opinions, reports and other Communications (collectively, any “Instructions”), and any agreements, guarantees and other documents described herein (collectively, any
“Transaction Documents”), delivered to it by electronic means (including without limitation unsecured email or facsimile transmission), in the form of an Electronic Record, and/or using Electronic Signatures pursuant to or in
connection with this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, the Notes and the Original Indenture, subject to the right of the Trustee (solely at its option), upon its request, to require that any such delivery in the form of an Electronic Record shall
be promptly followed by delivery of a manually executed, original counterpart (provided, however, that any failure to deliver such original counterpart pursuant to the Trustee’s request shall not preclude, limit or otherwise affect the right of
the Trustee to continue to rely and act upon such Electronic Record or such Electronic Signatures). Any Person so providing any such Instructions or Transaction Documents to the Trustee agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such
electronic methods, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties. 

Section 14.16 Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture have been
inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 

Section 14.17 Qualification of Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture. 

The Issuer and the Guarantors shall qualify this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act in accordance with and to
the extent required by the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement and shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses for the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee) incurred in connection
therewith, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of qualification of this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture and the Notes and printing this Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture and the Notes. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive
(but shall not be under any obligation to require) from the Issuer and the Guarantors any such Officer’s Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as it may reasonably request in connection with any such qualification of this
Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act. For the avoidance of doubt, the Trustee shall not be under any obligation to inquire into the Issuer’s compliance with, or take any action to enforce the obligations of the
Issuer under, the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 Section 14.18 USA Patriot Act. 

The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act, the Trustee and Agents, like all financial
institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, are required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account. The
parties to this agreement agree that they will provide the Trustee and the Agents with such information as they may request in order to satisfy the requirements of the USA Patriot Act. 

[Signatures on following pages] 

  
 -97- 












 
			
	HCA INC.
		
	By:	 	/s/ John M. Hackett
		 	Name: John M. Hackett
		 	Title: Senior Vice President – Finance and Treasurer



  
 Supplemental Indenture
No. 31 












 
			
	HCA HEALTHCARE, INC., as Parent Guarantor
		
	By:	 	/s/ John M. Hackett
		 	Name: John M. Hackett
		 	Title: Senior Vice President – Finance and Treasurer



  
 Supplemental Indenture
No. 31 












 
			
	 Each of the SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS,

listed on Schedule I-A hereto, other than MediCredit, Inc.

		
	By:	 	/s/ John M. Franck II
		 	Name: John M. Franck II
		 	Title: Authorized Signatory
	
	MediCredit, Inc.
		
	By:	 	/s/ Shannon Dauchot
		 	Name: Shannon Dauchot
		 	Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
	
	 Each of the SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS

listed on Schedule I-B hereto (other than MH Master Holdings, LLLP)

	
	By: MH Master, LLC, as General Partner
		
	By:	 	/s/ John M. Franck II
		 	Name: John M. Franck II
		 	Title: Vice President and Assistant Secretary
	
	MH MASTER HOLDINGS, LLLP
	
	By: MH Hospital Manager, LLC, as General Partner
		
	By:	 	/s/ John M. Franck II
		 	Name: John M. Franck II
		 	Title: Vice President and Assistant Secretary



  
 Supplemental Indenture
No. 31 












 
			
	DELAWARE TRUST COMPANY, as Trustee
		
	By:	 	/s/ Lici Zhu
		 	Name: Lici Zhu
		 	Title: Assistant Vice President



  
 Supplemental Indenture
No. 31 












 
			
	DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent
		
	By:	 	/s/ Irina Golovashchuk
		 	Name: Irina Golovashchuk
		 	Title: Vice President
		
	By:	 	/s/ Luke Russell
		 	Name: Luke Russell
		 	Title: Vice President



  
 Supplemental Indenture
No. 31 












 SCHEDULE I-A 

Certain Subsidiary Guarantors 
 American
Medicorp Development Co. 
 Bay Hospital, Inc. 
 Brigham City
Community Hospital, Inc. 
 Brookwood Medical Center of Gulfport, Inc. 

Capital Division, Inc. 
 Centerpoint Medical Center of
Independence, LLC 
 Central Florida Regional Hospital, Inc. 

Central Shared Services, LLC 
 Central Tennessee Hospital
Corporation 
 CHCA Bayshore, L.P. 
 CHCA Conroe, L.P. 

CHCA Mainland, L.P. 
 CHCA Pearland, L.P. 

CHCA West Houston, L.P. 
 CHCA Woman’s Hospital, L.P. 

Chippenham & Johnston-Willis Hospitals, Inc. 
 Citrus
Memorial Hospital, Inc. 
 Citrus Memorial Property Management, Inc. 

Clinical Education Shared Services, LLC 
 Colorado Health Systems,
Inc. 
 Columbia ASC Management, L.P. 
 Columbia Florida Group,
Inc. 
 Columbia Healthcare System of Louisiana, Inc. 
 Columbia
Jacksonville Healthcare System, Inc. 
 Columbia LaGrange Hospital, LLC 

Columbia Medical Center of Arlington Subsidiary, L.P. 
 Columbia
Medical Center of Denton Subsidiary, L.P. 
 Columbia Medical Center of Las Colinas, Inc. 

Columbia Medical Center of Lewisville Subsidiary, L.P. 
 Columbia
Medical Center of McKinney Subsidiary, L.P. 
 Columbia Medical Center of Plano Subsidiary, L.P. 

Columbia North Hills Hospital Subsidiary, L.P. 
 Columbia Ogden
Medical Center, Inc. 
 Columbia Parkersburg Healthcare System, LLC 

Columbia Physician Services—Florida Group, Inc. 
 Columbia
Plaza Medical Center of Fort Worth Subsidiary, L.P. 
 Columbia Rio Grande Healthcare, L.P. 

Columbia Riverside, Inc. 
 Columbia Valley Healthcare System, L.P.

 Columbia/Alleghany Regional Hospital Incorporated 

Columbia/HCA John Randolph, Inc. 
 Columbine Psychiatric Center,
Inc. 
 Columbus Cardiology, Inc. 
 Conroe Hospital Corporation

 Cy-Fair Medical Center Hospital, LLC 

  
 Schedule I-A-1 












 Dallas/Ft. Worth Physician, LLC 

Davie Medical Center, LLC 
 Dublin Community Hospital, LLC 

East Florida—DMC, Inc. 
 Eastern Idaho Health Services, Inc.

 Edward White Hospital, Inc. 
 El Paso Surgicenter, Inc. 

Encino Hospital Corporation, Inc. 
 EP Health, LLC 

Fairview Park GP, LLC 
 Fairview Park, Limited Partnership 

FMH Health Services, LLC 
 Frankfort Hospital, Inc. 

Galen Property, LLC 
 GenoSpace, LLC 

Good Samaritan Hospital, L.P. 
 Goppert-Trinity Family Care, LLC

 GPCH-GP, Inc. 
 Grand
Strand Regional Medical Center, LLC 
 Green Oaks Hospital Subsidiary, L.P. 

Greenview Hospital, Inc. 
 H2U Wellness Centers, LLC 

HCA—IT&S Field Operations, Inc. 
 HCA—IT&S
Inventory Management, Inc. 
 HCA American Finance LLC 
 HCA
Central Group, Inc. 
 HCA Eastern Group, Inc. 
 HCA Health
Services of Florida, Inc. 
 HCA Health Services of Louisiana, Inc. 

HCA Health Services of Tennessee, Inc. 
 HCA Health Services of
Virginia, Inc. 
 HCA Management Services, L.P. 
 HCA Pearland
GP, Inc. 
 HCA Realty, Inc. 

HCA-HealthONE LLC 

HD&S Successor, LLC 
 Health Midwest Office Facilities
Corporation 
 Health Midwest Ventures Group, Inc. 
 HealthTrust
Workforce Solutions, LLC 
 Hendersonville Hospital Corporation 

hInsight-Mobile Heartbeat Holdings, LLC 
 Hospital Corporation of
Tennessee 
 Hospital Corporation of Utah 
 Hospital Development
Properties, Inc. 
 Houston—PPH, LLC 
 Houston NW Manager,
LLC 
 HPG Enterprises, LLC 
 HSS Holdco, LLC 

HSS Systems, LLC 
 HSS Virginia, L.P. 

HTI Memorial Hospital Corporation 

  
 Schedule I-A-2 












 HTI MOB, LLC 

Integrated Regional Lab, LLC 
 Integrated Regional Laboratories,
LLP 
 JFK Medical Center Limited Partnership 
 JPM AA Housing,
LLC 
 KPH-Consolidation, Inc. 

Lakeview Medical Center, LLC 
 Largo Medical Center, Inc. 

Las Encinas Hospital 
 Las Vegas Surgicare, Inc. 

Lawnwood Medical Center, Inc. 
 Lewis-Gale Hospital, Incorporated

 Lewis-Gale Medical Center, LLC 
 Lewis-Gale Physicians, LLC

 Lone Peak Hospital, Inc. 
 Los Robles Regional Medical Center

 Management Services Holdings, Inc. 
 Marietta Surgical
Center, Inc. 
 Marion Community Hospital, Inc. 
 MCA Investment
Company 
 Medical Centers of Oklahoma, LLC 
 Medical Office
Buildings of Kansas, LLC 
 MediCredit, Inc. 
 Memorial
Healthcare Group, Inc. 
 MH Hospital Holdings, Inc. 
 MH
Hospital Manager, LLC 
 MH Master, LLC 
 Midwest
Division—ACH, LLC 
 Midwest Division—LSH, LLC 

Midwest Division—MCI, LLC 
 Midwest Division—MMC, LLC

 Midwest Division—OPRMC, LLC 
 Midwest Division—RBH,
LLC 
 Midwest Division—RMC, LLC 
 Midwest Holdings, Inc.

 Mobile Heartbeat, LLC 
 Montgomery Regional Hospital, Inc.

 Mountain Division—CVH, LLC 
 Mountain View Hospital,
Inc. 
 Nashville Shared Services General Partnership 
 National
Patient Account Services, Inc. 
 New Iberia Healthcare, LLC 

New Port Richey Hospital, Inc. 
 New Rose Holding Company, Inc.

 North Florida Immediate Care Center, Inc. 
 North Florida
Regional Medical Center, Inc. 
 North Houston—TRMC, LLC 

North Texas—MCA, LLC 
 Northern Utah Healthcare Corporation

 Northern Virginia Community Hospital, LLC 
 Northlake Medical
Center, LLC 

  
 Schedule I-A-3 












 Notami Hospitals of Louisiana, Inc. 

Notami Hospitals, LLC 
 Okaloosa Hospital, Inc. 

Okeechobee Hospital, Inc. 
 Oklahoma Holding Company, LLC 

Outpatient Cardiovascular Center of Central Florida, LLC 

Outpatient Services Holdings, Inc. 
 Oviedo Medical Center, LLC

 Palms West Hospital Limited Partnership 
 Parallon Business
Solutions, LLC 
 Parallon Enterprises, LLC 
 Parallon Health
Information Solutions, LLC 
 Parallon Holdings, LLC 
 Parallon
Payroll Solutions, LLC 
 Parallon Physician Services, LLC 

Parallon Revenue Cycle Services, Inc. 
 Pasadena Bayshore
Hospital, Inc. 
 Pearland Partner, LLC 
 Plantation General
Hospital, L.P. 
 Poinciana Medical Center, Inc. 
 Primary
Health, Inc. 
 PTS Solutions, LLC 
 Pulaski Community Hospital,
Inc. 
 Putnam Community Medical Center of North Florida, LLC 

Reston Hospital Center, LLC 
 Retreat Hospital, LLC 

Rio Grande Regional Hospital, Inc. 
 Riverside Healthcare System,
L.P. 
 Riverside Hospital, Inc. 
 Samaritan, LLC 

San Jose Healthcare System, LP 
 San Jose Hospital, L.P. 

San Jose Medical Center, LLC 
 San Jose, LLC 

Sarah Cannon Research Institute, LLC 
 Sarasota Doctors Hospital,
Inc. 
 Savannah Health Services, LLC 
 SCRI Holdings, LLC 

Sebring Health Services, LLC 
 SJMC, LLC 

Southeast Georgia Health Services, LLC 
 Southern Hills Medical
Center, LLC 
 Southpoint, LLC 
 Spalding Rehabilitation L.L.C.

 Spotsylvania Medical Center, Inc. 
 Spring Branch Medical
Center, Inc. 
 Spring Hill Hospital, Inc. 
 Springfield Health
Services, LLC 
 SSHR Holdco, LLC 
 Sun City Hospital, Inc. 

Sunrise Mountainview Hospital, Inc. 

  
 Schedule I-A-4 












 Surgicare of Brandon, Inc. 

Surgicare of Florida, Inc. 
 Surgicare of Houston Women’s,
Inc. 
 Surgicare of Manatee, Inc. 
 Surgicare of Newport
Richey, Inc. 
 Surgicare of Palms West, LLC 
 Surgicare of
Riverside, LLC 
 Tallahassee Medical Center, Inc. 
 TCMC
Madison-Portland, Inc. 
 Terre Haute Hospital GP, Inc. 
 Terre
Haute Hospital Holdings, Inc. 
 Terre Haute MOB, L.P. 
 Terre
Haute Regional Hospital, L.P. 
 The Regional Health System of Acadiana, LLC 

Timpanogos Regional Medical Services, Inc. 
 Trident Medical
Center, LLC 
 U.S. Collections, Inc. 
 Utah Medco, LLC 

VH Holdco, Inc. 
 VH Holdings, Inc. 

Virginia Psychiatric Company, Inc. 
 Vision Consulting Group LLC

 Vision Holdings, LLC 
 Walterboro Community Hospital, Inc.

 WCP Properties, LLC 
 Weatherford Health Services, LLC 

Wesley Medical Center, LLC 
 West Florida—MHT, LLC 

West Florida—PPH, LLC 
 West Florida Regional Medical Center,
Inc. 
 West Valley Medical Center, Inc. 
 Western Plains
Capital, Inc. 
 WHMC, Inc. 
 Woman’s Hospital of Texas,
Incorporated 

  
 Schedule I-A-5 












 SCHEDULE I-B 

Certain Subsidiary Guarantors 

CarePartners HHA Holdings, LLLP 
 CarePartners HHA, LLLP 

CarePartners Rehabilitation Hospital, LLLP 
 MH Angel Medical
Center, LLLP 
 MH Blue Ridge Medical Center, LLLP 
 MH
Highlands-Cashiers Medical Center, LLLP 
 MH Master Holdings, LLLP 

MH Mission Hospital McDowell, LLLP 
 MH Mission Hospital, LLLP

 MH Mission Imaging, LLLP 
 MH Transylvania Regional Hospital,
LLLP 

  
 Schedule I-B-1 












 EXHIBIT A 

[Face of Note] 
 [Insert the
Global Note Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture] 
 [Insert the Private Placement
Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture] 

  
 A-1 












 CUSIP
[                ]
 ISIN
[                ]1 

[RULE 144A] [REGULATION S] GLOBAL NOTE 

3 5/8% Senior Secured Notes due 2032 

			
	No. ___	  	[$______________]

 HCA INC. 

promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns, the principal sum [set forth on the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note
attached hereto] [of ________________________ United States Dollars] on March 15, 2032. 
 Interest Payment Dates: March 15 and September 15

 Record Dates: March 1 and September 1 

 

			
	 1

144A CUSIP Numbers:
	  	  
 404119CF4

	144A ISIN Numbers:	  	US404119CF45
	Reg S CUSIP Numbers:	  	U24788AK4
	Reg S ISIN Numbers:	  	USU24788AK49


  
 A-2 












 IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed. 

Dated: March 9, 2022 
  

			
	 HCA INC.
  

	By:	 	 
		 	Name: John M. Hackett
		 	Title: Senior Vice President – Finance and Treasurer



  
 A-3 












 This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture: 

 

			
	 DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as Authenticating Agent

		
	 By:
	 	 
		 	Authorized Signatory
		
	 By:
	 	 
		 	Authorized Signatory



  
 A-4 












 [Back of Note] 

3 5/8% Senior Secured Notes due 2032 

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture referred to below unless
otherwise indicated. 
 1. INTEREST. HCA Inc., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 3
5/8% per annum from March 9, 2022 until maturity and shall pay the Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Issuer will pay interest and Additional Interest, if any, semi-annually
in arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent
date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be September 15, 2022. The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest
in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law)
on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. 
 2. METHOD OF
PAYMENT. The Issuer will pay interest on the Notes and Additional Interest, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on March 1 and September 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be,
next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are cancelled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture with respect to
defaulted interest. Payment of interest and Additional Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds
will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent. Such
payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 

3. PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change
any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity. 
 4.
THIRTY-FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE. The Issuer issued the Notes under the Base Indenture dated as of August 1, 2011 (the “Base Indenture”) among HCA Inc., the Guarantors named therein, the Trustee and the Paying Agent,
Registrar and Transfer Agent, as supplemented by Supplemental Indenture No. 31, dated as of March 9, 2022 (the “Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture”), among HCA Inc., the Guarantors named therein, the Trustee and
the Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Issuer designated as its 3 5/8% Senior Secured Notes due 2032. The Issuer shall be
entitled to issue Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.01 of the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture and those made part of the Thirty-First Supplemental
Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Trust Indenture Act”). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture and such Act for a
statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture or the Base Indenture, the provisions of the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture shall govern and be
controlling. 

  
 A-5 












 5. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. 

(a) Except as set forth below, the Issuer will not be entitled to redeem Notes at its option prior to the Maturity Date. 

(b) Prior to the Par Call Date, the Issuer may redeem the Notes at its option, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, at a
redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount and rounded to three decimal places) equal to the greater of: 

(i) (A) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon discounted to the
Redemption Date (assuming the Notes to be redeemed matured on the Par Call Date) on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at
the Treasury Rate plus 30 basis points, less (B) interest accrued to the Redemption Date, and 
 (ii) 100% of the
principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, 
 plus, in either case, accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Redemption Date. 

On or after the Par Call Date, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, at a redemption price equal to 100% of
the principal amount of each Note to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes to be redeemed to, but not including, such Redemption Date. 

(c) Any notice of any redemption may be given prior to the redemption thereof, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer’s
discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of an equity offering or other corporate transaction. 

(d) If the Issuer redeems less than all of the outstanding Notes, the Registrar and Paying Agent shall select the Notes to be redeemed in the
manner described under Section 3.02 of the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture. 
 (e) Any redemption pursuant to this paragraph 5
shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 of the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture. 
 6. MANDATORY
REDEMPTION. The Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 
 7. NOTICE
OF REDEMPTION. Subject to Section 3.03 of the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 10 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date (except that redemption notices may
be mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 11 of the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture) to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in
denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the Redemption Date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or
portions thereof called for redemption. 

  
 A-6 












 8. OFFERS TO REPURCHASE. Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.07 of the
Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Issuer shall make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of
$1,000 in excess thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”).
The Change of Control Offer shall be made in accordance with Section 4.07 of the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture. 
 9.
DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the
Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or
permitted by the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture. The Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes or portion of Notes selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Notes being redeemed in part. Also, the
Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed. 
 10.
PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes. 
 11. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND
WAIVER. The Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture. 

12. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. The Events of Default relating to the Notes are defined in Section 6.01 of the Thirty-First Supplemental
Indenture. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary
obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes will become due and
payable immediately without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes except as provided in the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders
of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default (except a Default relating to
the payment of principal, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to
the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or and its consequences under the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture except a continuing Default in payment of the principal of, premium, if any, Additional
Interest, if any, or interest on, any of the Notes held by a non-consenting Holder. The Issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Thirty-First Supplemental
Indenture, and the Issuer is required within five (5) Business Days after becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default and what action the Issuer proposes to take with respect thereto. 

13. AUTHENTICATION. This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture or be valid or obligatory for
any purpose until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. 

  
 A-7 












 14. ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES.
In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 9, 2022,
among HCA Inc. and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), including the right to receive Additional Interest (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) 

15. GOVERNING LAW. THE THIRTY-FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE PARENT GUARANTEE AND ANY GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 16. CUSIP/ISIN NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the
Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP/ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP/ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made
as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture and/or the
Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to the Issuer at the following address: 
 HCA Inc. 

One Park Plaza 
 Nashville,
Tennessee 37203 
 Fax No.: (615) 344-1600; Attention: Chief Legal Officer 

Fax No.: (615) 344-1600; Attention: Treasurer 

  
 A-8 












 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
  

			
	(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note
to:                                        
                                         
                                         
                                         
            
		  	(Insert assignee’s legal name)


	
	 
	(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
	 
	 
	 
	 
	(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)


			
	and irrevocably appoint
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                      
	to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.


Date: _____________________ 
  

					
		  	Your Signature:	  	 
		  		  	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 Signature Guarantee*: __________________________________ 

 

	*	 Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to
the Trustee). 



  
 A-9 












 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.07 of the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, check
the appropriate box below: 
 [    ] Section 4.07     

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.07 of the Thirty-First Supplemental
Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 
 $_______________ 

Date: _____________________ 
  

			
		
	Your Signature:	 	 


 
			
		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
	Tax Identification No.:	 	 


 Signature Guarantee*: __________________________________ 

 

	*	 Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to
the Trustee). 



  
 A-10 












 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE* 

The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $__________. The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an
interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made: 

 

									
	 Date of

Exchange
	  	 Amount of

decrease
in Principal
 Amount of
this
 Global Note
	  	 Amount of increase
in Principal
Amount of this
Global
Note
	  	 Principal Amount
of
this Global Note
following
such
decrease or
increase
	  	 Signature of
authorized officer
of Trustee
or
Notes Registrar


  
  

	*	 This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form. 



  
 A-11 












 EXHIBIT B 

[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 

TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS] 

Supplemental Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of __________, among __________________ (the
“Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of HCA Inc., a Delaware Corporation (the “Issuer”), Delaware Trust Company (as successor to Law Debenture Trust Company of New York), as trustee (the
“Trustee”) and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent. 
 WITNESSETH 

WHEREAS, each of HCA Inc. and the Guarantors (as defined in the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture referred to below) have heretofore
executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of March 9, 2022, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 3 5/8% Senior Secured Notes due
2032 (the “Notes”); 
 WHEREAS, the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the
Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Thirty-First
Supplemental Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture (the “Guarantee”); and 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this
Supplemental Indenture. 
 NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of
which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 

(1) Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Thirty-First
Supplemental Indenture. 
 (2) Agreement to Guarantee. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees as follows: 

(a) Along with all Guarantors named in the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, to jointly and severally unconditionally
guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar and the Transfer Agent and their successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of the
Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that: 
 (i) the
principal of and interest, premium on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all
other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and 

  
 B-1 












 (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or
any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount
so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. This is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of
collection. 
 (b) The obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or
enforceability of the Notes or the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment
against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. 

(c) The following is hereby waived: diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of
insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever. 

(d) This Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes, the
Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture, and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary accepts all obligations of a Guarantor under the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture. 

(e) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Guarantors (including the
Guaranteeing Subsidiary), or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore
discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. 
 (f) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to any
right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. 

(g) As between the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the
maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such
acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 of the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due
and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary for the purpose of this Guarantee. 
 (h)
The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under this Guarantee. 

(i) Pursuant to Section 12.02 of the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, after giving effect to all other contingent and
fixed liabilities that are relevant under any applicable Bankruptcy Law or fraudulent conveyance laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in
respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under Article 12 of the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, this new Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount permissible such that the obligations of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary under
this Guarantee will not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 

  
 B-2 












 (j) This Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be
effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any
significant part of the Issuer’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law,
rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes and Guarantee, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or
performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Note shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not
so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned. 
 (k) In case any provision of this Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or
unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 

(l) This Guarantee shall be a general senior obligation of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, ranking equally in right of payment
with all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary but, to the extent of the value of the Collateral, will be effectively senior to all of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s unsecured Senior Indebtedness and Junior Lien
Obligations and, to the extent of the Shared Receivables Collateral, will be effectively subordinated to the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Obligations under the ABL Facility and any future ABL Obligations. The Guarantees will be senior in right of
payment to all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness of each Guarantor. The Notes will be structurally subordinated to Indebtedness and other liabilities of Subsidiaries of the Issuer that do not Guarantee the Notes, if any. 

(m) Each payment to be made by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in respect of this Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature. 
 (3) Execution and
Delivery. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that the Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes. 

(4) Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets. 

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.01(c) of the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary may not
consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer or Guaranteeing Subsidiary is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or
assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless: 
 (i) such Guarantor is the surviving corporation or the
Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation, partnership, limited partnership,
limited liability corporation or trust organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory
thereof (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Person”); 

  
 B-3 












 (ii) the Successor Person, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes
all the obligations of such Guarantor under the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture and such Guarantor’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 (iii) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and 

(iv) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate, each stating that such consolidation, merger
or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture; or 
 (v) the
transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.08 of the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture. 
 (b) Subject to certain limitations
described in the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture and such Guarantor’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any
Guarantor may (i) merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Issuer, (ii) merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer solely for the purpose of reincorporating such Guarantor in the United States,
any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof or (iii) convert into a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability corporation or trust organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of
organization of such Guarantor. 
 (5) Releases. The Guarantee of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be automatically and
unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, the Issuer or the Trustee is required for the release of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee, upon: 

(1) (A) any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor (including any sale,
exchange or transfer), after which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or all or substantially all the assets of such Guarantor; 

(B) the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Guarantor of the Senior Credit Facilities or such other guarantee that
resulted in the creation of such Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee; 

(C) the designation of such Guarantor, if a Restricted Subsidiary, as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with the
definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” hereunder; 
 (D) the occurrence of a Ratings Event; or 

(E) the exercise by Issuer of its Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article 8 hereof or
the Issuer’s obligations under the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture; and 

  
 B-4 












 (2) such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate
and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Second Supplemental Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with. 

(6) No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have
any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) under the Notes, any Guarantees, the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect
of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 

(7) Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 (8) Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original,
but all of them together represent the same agreement. 
 (9) Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience
only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 
 (10) The Trustee. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever
for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary. 

(11) Subrogation. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuer in respect of
any amounts paid by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 hereof and Section 12.01 of the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the
Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture or the Notes
shall have been paid in full. 
 (12) Benefits Acknowledged. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and
conditions set forth in the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture and
this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits. 

(13) Successors. All agreements of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its Successors, except as
otherwise provided in Section 2(k) hereof or elsewhere in this Supplemental Indenture. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors. 

  
 B-5 












 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed, all as of the date first above written. 
  

			
	[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	DELAWARE TRUST COMPANY, as Trustee
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:



  
 B-6 












 EXHIBIT C 

[FORM OF ADDITIONAL FIRST LIEN SECURED PARTY CONSENT] 

[                ], 20[        ] 

Bank of America, N.A. 
 555 California Street, 4th Floor 
 San Francisco, California 94104 

The undersigned is Trustee under that certain Indenture described (and as such term is defined) below with respect to the New Secured
Obligations described (and as such term is defined) below, and solely in such capacity (and not individually) it is the Authorized Representative for Persons wishing to become First Lien Secured Parties (the “New Secured Parties”)
under (i) the Amended and Restated Security Agreement dated as of March 2, 2009 (as heretofore amended and/or supplemented, the “Security Agreement” (terms used without definition herein have the meanings assigned to such
term by the Security Agreement)) and (ii) the Amended and Restated Pledge Agreement dated as of March 2, 2009 (as heretofore amended and/or supplemented, the “Pledge Agreement”) among HCA Inc. (the
“Company”), the Subsidiary Grantors party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent (the “Collateral Agent”). 

In consideration of the foregoing, the undersigned Trustee hereby: 

(i) represents that the Authorized Representative has been duly authorized by the New Secured Parties to become a party to the
Security Agreement and the Pledge Agreement on behalf of the New Secured Parties under that certain Indenture, dated as of August 1, 2011 (the “Base Indenture”) among the Company, HCA Healthcare, Inc. (the “Parent
Guarantor”), Delaware Trust Company (as successor to Law Debenture Trust Company of New York), as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as registrar, paying agent and transfer
agent (the “Registrar”), as supplemented by the Supplemental Indenture No. 31, dated as of March 9, 2022 (the “Supplemental Indenture”, and together with the Base Indenture, the
“Indenture”), relating to the Company’s 3 5/8% Senior Secured Notes due 2032 (the “New Secured Obligations”), each among the Company, the Parent Guarantor, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, the Trustee
and the Registrar, and to act as the Authorized Representative for the New Secured Parties; 
 (ii) acknowledges that the New
Secured Parties have received a copy of the Security Agreement and the Pledge Agreement and the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and the Additional Receivables Intercreditor Agreement applicable to it; 

(iii) confirms the authority of the Collateral Agent, on its own behalf and on behalf of the New Secured Parties, to enter into
one or more Additional General Intercreditor Agreements (and supplements or joinders thereto) with the applicable Junior Lien Collateral Agent and, if applicable, the trustee or other Junior Lien Representative for the Junior Lien Obligations (each
as defined in the Indenture) (each, an “Additional General Intercreditor Agreement”) on terms no less favorable, taken as a whole, to the First Lien Secured Parties than the terms under the Addi












 
tional General Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of October 23, 2012, by and among the Collateral Agent, The Bank of New York Mellon, in its capacity as junior lien collateral agent and The
Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., in its capacity as 2009 second lien trustee, and upon execution of any such Additional General Intercreditor Agreement, agrees on its own behalf and on behalf of the New Secured Parties to be bound by the
terms thereof applicable to it and the New Secured Parties as fully as if it had been a party to each such agreement; 
 (iv)
appoints and authorizes the Collateral Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and on behalf of all other First Lien Secured Parties and to exercise such powers under the Security Agreement and the Pledge Agreement and First Lien
Intercreditor Agreement as are delegated to the Collateral Agent by the terms thereof, together with all such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; 

(v) accepts and acknowledges the terms of the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement applicable to it and the New Secured Parties
and agrees to serve as Authorized Representative for the New Secured Parties with respect to the New Secured Obligations and agrees on its own behalf and on behalf of the New Secured Parties to be bound by the terms thereof applicable to holders of
Additional First Lien Obligations, with all the rights and obligations of a First Lien Secured Party thereunder and bound by all the provisions thereof (including, without limitation, Section 2.02(b) thereof) as fully as if it had been an First
Lien Secured Party on the effective date of the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and agrees that its address for receiving notices pursuant to the First Lien Security Agreement, the First Lien Security Documents (as defined in the First Lien
Intercreditor Agreement), the Additional Receivables Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional General Intercreditor Agreement shall be as follows: 

Delaware Trust Company 

251 Little Falls Drive 

Wilmington, Delaware 19808 

Fax No: (302) 636-8666 

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration 

(vi) accepts and acknowledges the terms of the Additional Receivables Intercreditor Agreement on its behalf and on behalf of
the New Secured Parties, confirms the authority of the Collateral Agent to enter into such agreements on its behalf and on behalf of the New Secured Parties and agrees on its own behalf and on behalf of the New Secured Parties to be bound by the
terms thereof applicable to it and the New Secured Parties as fully as if it had been a party to each such agreement. 
 In executing and
delivering this instrument and in taking any action (or forbearing from action) pursuant hereto, the undersigned Trustee shall have the rights, indemnities, protections and other benefits granted to it under the Indenture. 

The Collateral Agent, by acknowledging and agreeing to this Additional First Lien Secured Party Consent, accepts the appointment set forth in
clause (iv) above. 
 THIS ADDITIONAL FIRST LIEN SECURED PARTY CONSENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 

  
 C-2 












 The undersigned parties agree that this Additional First Lien Secured Party Consent may be
in the form of an Electronic Record and may be executed using Electronic Signatures (including, without limitation, facsimile and .pdf) and shall be considered an original, and shall have the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a paper
record. This Additional First Lien Security Party Consent may be executed in as many counterparts as necessary or convenient, including both paper and electronic counterparts, but all such counterparts are one and the same agreement. For
the avoidance of doubt, the authorization under this paragraph may include, without limitation, use or acceptance by the parties of a manually signed paper Communication which has been converted into electronic form (such as scanned into PDF
format), or an electronically signed Communication converted into another format, for transmission, delivery and/or retention. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, parties are under no obligation to accept an Electronic
Signature in any form or in any format unless expressly agreed to by the parties pursuant to procedures approved by them; provided, further, without limiting the foregoing, (a) to the extent the parties have agreed to accept such Electronic
Signature, the parties shall be entitled to rely on any such Electronic Signature without further verification and (b) upon the request of the parties any Electronic Signature shall be promptly followed by a manually executed, original
counterpart. For purposes hereof, (x) “Communication” means this Additional First Lien Security Party Consent and (y) “Electronic Signature” shall have the meanings assigned to them, respectively, by 15 USC §7006, as it may
be amended from time to time. 

  
 C-3 












 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Additional First Lien Secured Party
Consent to be duly executed by its authorized officer as of the date first set forth above. 
  

			
	DELAWARE TRUST COMPANY, solely as Trustee under the Indenture as aforesaid
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:



  
 C-4 













			
	Acknowledged and Agreed
	BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
	as Collateral Agent
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:


  
 C-5 












 
			
	HCA Inc., a Delaware corporation
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:



  
 C-6 












 
			
	The Grantors listed on Schedule I-A to Indenture, each as Grantor, other than MediCredit, Inc.
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	MediCredit, Inc., as a Grantor
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	The Grantors listed on Schedule I-B to Indenture, each as Grantor, other than MH Master Holdings, LLLP
	
	By: MH Master, LLC, as General Partner
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	MH Master Holdings, LLLP, as a Grantor
	
	By: MH Hospital Manager, LLC, as General Partner
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:



  
 C-7 












 EXHIBIT D 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
 HCA Inc. 

One Park Plaza 
 Nashville, Tennessee 37203 

Fax No.: (615) 344-1600; Attention: Chief Legal Officer 

Fax No.: (615) 344-1600; Attention: Treasurer 

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas 
 1 Columbus Circle, 17th
Floor 
 Mailstop NYC01-1710 
 New York, NY 10019 

Attn: Corporates Team Deal Manager—HCA Inc. 

Re: 3 5/8% Senior Secured Notes due 2032 

Reference is hereby made to the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 9, 2022 (the “Indenture”), among
HCA Inc., the Guarantors party thereto, the Trustee and the Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 

_________________ (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex
A hereto, in the principal amount of $_____________ in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to ____________ (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the
Transferor hereby certifies that: 
 [CHECK ALL THAT APPLY] 

1. [     ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE 144A GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE
PURSUANT TO RULE 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further
certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect
to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer
is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 2. [     ] CHECK IF
TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act
and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such
Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market
and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or
Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration
of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the
transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

  
 D-1 












 3. [     ] CHECK AND COMPLETE IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A
BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO ANY PROVISION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OTHER THAN RULE 144A OR REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial
interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby
further certifies that (check one): 
 (a) [     ] such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in
accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act; 
 or 

(b) [     ] such Transfer is being effected to the Issuer or a subsidiary thereof; or 

(c) [     ] such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the
Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. 
 4. [     ] CHECK IF
TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OR OF AN UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. 

(a) [     ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO RULE 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and
in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer
contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred
beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 

(b) [     ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant
to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the
restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture,
the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 (c) [     ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO OTHER EXEMPTION. (i) The Transfer is being effected
pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue
sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation
of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted
Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 

  
 D-2 












 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the
benefit of the Issuer and the Trustee. 
  

			
	[Insert Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:


 Dated: __________________ 

  
 D-3 












 ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 

 

	1.	 The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following: [CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]



  

	(a)	 [    ] a beneficial interest in the: 



 

	 	(i)	 [    ] 144A Global Note (CUSIP
[                ]), or 


  

	 	(ii)	 [    ] Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP
[                ]), or 


  

	(b)	 [    ] a Restricted Definitive Note. 



 

	2.	 After the Transfer the Transferee will hold: 



[CHECK ONE] 
  

	(a)	 [    ] a beneficial interest in the: 



 

	 	(i)	 [    ] 144A Global Note (CUSIP
[                ]), or 


  

	 	(ii)	 [    ] Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP
[                ]), or 


  

	 	(iii)	 [    ] Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP
[                ]); or 


  

	(b)	 [    ] a Restricted Definitive Note; or 



 

	(c)	 [    ] an Unrestricted Definitive Note, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.




  
 D-4 












 EXHIBIT E 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE 
 HCA Inc. 

One Park Plaza 
 Nashville, Tennessee 37203 

Fax No.: (615) 344-1600; Attention: Chief Legal Officer 

Fax No.: (615) 344-1600; Attention: Treasurer 

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas 
 1 Columbus Circle, 17th Floor 
 Mailstop NYC01-1710 

New York, NY 10019 
 Attn: Corporates Team Deal Manager—HCA
Inc. 
 Re: 3 5/8 % Senior Secured Notes due 2032 

Reference is hereby made to the Thirty-First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 9, 2022 (the “Indenture”), among
HCA Inc., the Guarantors party thereto, the Trustee and the Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 

___________________ (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in
the principal amount of $ in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that: 

1) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE FOR UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE
NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE 
 a) [     ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM
BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted
Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer
restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the
Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of
any state of the United States. 
 b) [     ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A
RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note
is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the
Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in
compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 

  
 E-1 












 c) [    ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED
DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the
beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in
accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is
being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 d)
[    ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby
certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes
and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the
Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 

2) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES FOR RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES
OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES 
 a) [    ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL
INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby
certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will
continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

b) [    ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED
GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] [ ] 144A Global Note [ ] Regulation S Global Note, with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies
(i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to
and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial
interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

  
 E-2 












 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the
benefit of the Issuer and the Trustee, and are dated _____________________. 
  

			
	[Insert Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:


 Dated: ____________________ 

  
 E-3